Quarterlytics / Industrials / Specialty Business Services / SP Plus

SP Plus

sp · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker sp
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Specialty Business Services
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · SP Plus
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

☒

☐

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023

Or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from               to

Commission file number: 000-50796

SP PLUS CORPORATION

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

16-1171179

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

200 E. Randolph Street, Suite 7700
Chicago, Illinois 60601-7702

(Address of Principal Executive Offices, Including Zip Code)

(Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

(312) 274-2000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

Trading Symbol(s)
SP

Name of each exchange on which registered
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐

No ☐

No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such 
shorter periods that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during 
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company.

See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company," and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large Accelerated Filer
Non-accelerated Filer

☒
☐

Accelerated Filer
Smaller Reporting Company
Emerging Growth Company

☐
☐
☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards 
provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  ☒
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to 
previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers 
during the relevant recovery period pursuant to § 240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐                      No ☒
As of June 30, 2023, the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by nonaffiliates 
of the registrant was approximately $761.9 million. Solely for purposes of this disclosure, shares of common stock held by executive officers and directors of the registrant as of such date have been 
excluded because such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of executive officers and directors as affiliates is not necessarily a conclusive determination for any other purposes.

Class

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

Outstanding at February 26, 2024

19,798,884  Shares

                                                                                                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

None

Audit Firm Id: 42    

Auditor Name: Ernst & Young LLP  

Auditor Location: Chicago, Illinois, United States

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SP PLUS CORPORATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1.

  Business

Item 1A.

  Risk Factors

Item 1B.

  Unresolved Staff Comments

Item 1C.

  Cybersecurity

Item 2.

  Properties

Item 3.

  Legal Proceedings

Item 4.

  Mine Safety Disclosures

PART II

PART III

PART IV

Signatures

Item 5.

  Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Item 6.

  [Reserved] 

Item 7.

  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item 7A.

  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Item 8.

  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Item 9.

  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Item 9A.

  Controls and Procedures

Item 9B.

  Other Information

Item 9C.

  Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Item 10.

  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Item 11.

  Executive Compensation

Item 12.

  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Item 13.

  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Item 14.

  Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Item 15.

  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Item 16.

  Form 10-K Summary

1

3

8

15

15

15

16

16

17

18

19

27

27

55

55

55

55

56

58

71

72

72

73

75

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Forward-Looking Statements

The  Business  section  and  other  parts  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  ("Form  10-K")  contain  forward-looking  statements,  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private  Securities 
Litigation Reform Act of 1995, that involve risks and uncertainties. Many of the forward-looking statements are located in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations." Forward-looking statements provide current expectations of future events based on certain assumptions and include any statement that 
does  not  directly  relate  to  any  historical  or  current  fact.  Forward-looking  statements  can  also  be  identified  by  words  such  as  "future,"  "anticipates,"  "believes,"  "estimates," 
"expects," "intends," "plans," "predicts," "will," "would," "could," "can," "may," and similar terms. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and SP 
Plus Corporation’s actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such differences include, but are 
not limited to, those discussed in Part I, Item 1A. of this Form 10-K under the heading "Risk Factors," which are incorporated herein by reference. The term the "Company" as 
used herein refers collectively to SP Plus Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries, unless otherwise stated. The Company assumes no obligation to revise or update any 
forward-looking statements for any reason, except as required by law.

2

 
 
Table of Contents

Item 1. Business

Our Company

PART I

SP Plus Corporation, a Delaware corporation, which operates through its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as “SP+”, "we", "us", or "our"), develops and integrates technology 
with operations management and support to deliver mobility solutions that enable the efficient and time-sensitive movement of people, vehicles and personal travel belongings. 
We are committed to providing solutions that make every moment matter for a world on the go while meeting the objectives of our diverse client base in North America and 
Europe, which includes aviation, commercial, hospitality and institutional clients. We typically enter into contractual agreements with property owners or managers as opposed to 
owning facilities.

On October 4, 2023, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger Agreement") by and among us, Metropolis Technologies, Inc. ("Metropolis") and Schwinger 
Merger Sub Inc., a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Metropolis (“Merger Sub”), in an all-cash transaction with a total enterprise value of approximately $1.5 billion. Pursuant to 
the Merger Agreement, subject to terms and conditions therein, Merger Sub will acquire all of the outstanding shares of our common stock for $54.00 per share, without interest, 
and  merge  with  SP+,  with  the  SP+  surviving  as  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  Metropolis.  The  Company’s  stockholders  approved  the  transaction  on  February  9,  2024.  The 
transaction is expected to close in 2024, subject to other customary closing conditions, including the receipt of regulatory approvals. Upon completion of the transaction, the 
Company’s shares will no longer trade on the Nasdaq Global Select Market.

Acquisitions

On  July  25,  2023,  we  acquired  certain  assets  of  Roker  Inc.  ("Roker"),  a  United  States  based  provider  of  fully-integrated  parking  solutions  that  simplify  permit,  violation  and 
enforcement management for organizations and municipalities, for approximately $3.1 million. Roker's operations are included in the Commercial segment.

On  November  10,  2022,  we  acquired  certain  assets  of  DiVRT,  Inc.  ("DIVRT"),  a  developer  of  innovative  software  and  technology  solutions  that  enables  frictionless  parking 
capabilities, for approximately $17.6 million. In addition, we may be required to pay the former owner of DIVRT a maximum amount of $7.0 million in contingent consideration if 
certain  targets  related  to  the  number  of  our  locations  using  the  DIVRT  technology  are  met  by  October  31,  2025.  Based  on  a  probability  weighting  of  potential  payouts,  we 
accrued $4.0 million in projected contingent consideration as of the acquisition date. During the year ended December 31, 2023, we determined that the first two targets were 
met as of October 31, 2023, which was the second milestone measurement date. As a result, we paid the former owner $2.8 million during the first quarter of 2024. We will 
continue  to  evaluate  the  potential  payouts  in  the  future  and  adjust  the  contingent  consideration  for  any  changes  in  the  estimated  fair  value  each  reporting  period.  DIVRT's 
operations are included in the Commercial segment.

On  October  11,  2022,  we  acquired  K  M  P  Associates  Limited  ("KMP"),  a  United  Kingdom  based  software  and  technology  provider  serving  aviation  and  commercial  parking 
clients, primarily through its AeroParker technology, throughout the United States and Europe for approximately $13.8 million, less cash acquired of $0.9 million, and assumed 
KMP's debt of $0.3 million. Immediately following the acquisition, we repaid all of the debt assumed. KMP's operations are included in the Aviation segment. 

Our Operations

We develop and integrate technology with operations management and support to deliver mobility solutions that enable the efficient and time-sensitive movement of people, 
vehicles  and  personal  travel  belongings.  We  serve  a  variety  of  industries  and  have  industry  vertical  specific  specialization.  Our  Commercial  segment  serves  clients  in 
commercial real estate, residential communities, hotels and resorts, healthcare facilities, municipalities and government facilities, retail operations, large event venues, colleges 
and universities. Our Aviation segment primarily serves clients in the aviation industry (i.e. airports, airlines, cruise lines, certain hospitality clients and certain commercial clients 
within Europe that utilize our AeroParker technology).

We  typically  enter  into  contractual  relationships  with  property  owners  or  managers  as  opposed  to  owning  facilities.  We  primarily  operate  under  two  types  of  arrangements: 
management type contracts and lease type contracts. See Part I. Industry Operating Arrangements for further discussion.

Our revenue is derived from a broad and diverse group of clients, industry vertical markets and geographies. Our clients include some of North America's largest private and 
public owners, municipalities and governments, managers and developers of major office buildings, residential properties, commercial properties, shopping centers and other 
retail properties, healthcare facilities and medical centers, sports and special event complexes, hotels and resorts, airlines and cruise lines. In addition, through our acquisition of 
KMP, we now service multiple airports and other clients in Europe. No single client accounted for more than 7% of our revenue, net of reimbursed management type contract 
revenue, during the year ended December 31, 2023. Additionally, we have built a diverse geographic footprint that spans operations in 45 states, the District of Columbia and 
Puerto Rico, 4 Canadian provinces and multiple countries within Europe. Our strategy is focused on building scale and leadership positions in large, strategic markets in order to 
leverage the advantages of scale across a larger number of clients in a single market.

The acquisitions discussed above enhance our position as a global provider of frictionless Platform-as-a-Service ("PaaS") and Software-as-a-Service ("SaaS") solutions that are 
not  dependent  on  our  legacy  parking  management  and  transportation  related  operations.  Our  acquisitions  of  KMP,  DIRVT  and  Roker  have  been  accounted  for  as  business 
combinations,  and  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  were  recorded  at  their  fair  values  as  of  the  acquisition  dates.  The  results  of  each  acquisition’s  operations  are 
reflected in our Consolidated Financial Statements from the date of acquisition.

Services

As  a  professional  service  and  technology  solutions  provider,  we  provide  comprehensive,  turn-key  service  and  technology-enabled  offering  packages  to  our  clients.  Under  a 
typical management type contract structure, we are responsible for providing and supervising all personnel necessary to facilitate daily operations, which may include porters, 
baggage  handlers,  valet  attendants,  managers,  bookkeepers,  cashiers  and  a  variety  of  ground  transportation  services,  maintenance,  marketing,  customer  service,  and 
accounting and revenue control functions.

In  addition  to  the  conventional  management  services  described  above,  we  also  offer  an  expanded  range  of  ground  transportation  services,  baggage  delivery  and  handling 
services, technology enabled solutions and other ancillary services as described below for each of our Segments: 

Commercial

•

•

•

an online and mobile application consumer platform through parking.com;

applying curb management strategies and technologies to effectively allocate the use of curb space in urban environments;

on-street parking meter collection and other forms of parking enforcement services;

3

 
 
Table of Contents

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Aviation

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

asset management and revenue management services for owners of parking assets;

remote  monitoring  services  using  technology  that  enables  us  to  monitor  parking  operations  from  a  remote,  off-site  location  and  provide  24-hour-a-day  customer 
assistance (including remedying equipment malfunctions);

shuttle bus vehicles and the drivers to operate them;

ground  transportation  services,  such  as  taxi  and  livery  dispatch  services,  as  well  as  concierge-type  ground  transportation  information  and  support  services  for 
passengers with transportation network companies;

valet services, including vehicle staging, doorman/bellman services and valet tracking systems with SMS capabilities;

innovative and environmentally compliant facility maintenance services, including power sweeping and washing, painting and general repairs, as well as cleaning and 
seasonal services;

multi-platform  marketing  services  including  SP+  branded  websites  which  offer  clients  a  unique  platform  for  marketing  their  facilities,  mobile  applications,  search 
marketing, email marketing and social media campaigns.

patient transport services for healthcare clients; and

large event transportation logistics, planning and implementation.

baggage services, including delivery of delayed luggage and baggage handling services;

remote airline check-in services;

wheelchair assist services at airports and to airline passengers;

baggage repair and replacement services;

shuttle bus vehicles and the drivers to operate them, such as on-airport car rental operations and private off-airport parking locations;

ground  transportation  services,  such  as  taxi  and  livery  dispatch  services,  as  well  as  concierge-type  ground  transportation  information  and  support  services  for 
passengers with transportation network companies;

valet services, including vehicle staging and valet tracking systems with SMS capabilities;

innovative and environmentally compliant facility maintenance services, including power sweeping and washing, painting and general repairs, as well as cleaning and 
seasonal services;

comprehensive security services including the training and hiring of security officers and patrol, as well as customized services and technology that are efficient and 
appropriate for the property involved; 

online and mobile application consumer platforms through our AeroParker technology and parking.com; 

multi-platform marketing services including SP+, AeroParker and KMP Digitata branded websites which offer clients a unique platform for marketing airport facilities, 
mobile applications, search marketing, email marketing and social media campaigns; and

revenue management services.

Industry Overview

Overview

The  parking  management,  ground  transportation  service  and  baggage  service  providers,  as  well  as  technology  solution  providers  that  serve  those  industries,  are  large  and 
fragmented.  A  substantial  number  of  companies  in  these  industries  offer  parking  management  services,  ground  transportation  services,  technology  solutions  and  baggage 
services  as  non-core  operations,  and  companies  in  these  industries  are  large  national  competitors  or  small  and  private  companies  that  operate  in  limited  markets  and 
geographies.  Additionally,  technological  advancements  are  having  an  impact  on  both  consumer  behavior  and  information  technology  in  these  industries.  From  time  to  time, 
smaller  operators  and  technology  solution  providers  find  they  lack  the  financial  resources,  economies  of  scale  and/or  management  techniques  required  to  compete  for  the 
business  of  increasingly  sophisticated  clients  and  the  increasing  demands  of  clients.  We  expect  this  trend  to  continue  and  will  provide  larger  professional  service  and/or 
technology solutions providers with greater opportunities to expand their businesses and potentially acquire smaller operators and/or technology solutions providers. We also 
expect that new small operators and technology solutions providers will continue to enter the market as they have in the past.

Industry Operating Arrangements

Professional service businesses and technology solution providers within the industry, including our Company, operate primarily under two general types of arrangements, which 
include:

Management Type Contracts

Under management type contracts, the professional services operator typically receives a fixed and/or variable monthly fee for providing services and may receive an incentive 
fee based on the achievement of certain performance objectives. Professional service operators also generally charge fees for various ancillary services such as accounting 
support  services,  equipment  leasing  and  consulting.  Primary  responsibilities  under  a  management  type  contract  include  hiring,  training  and  staffing  personnel,  and  providing 
revenue  collection,  accounting,  record-keeping,  insurance  and  marketing  services.  The  client  is  usually  responsible  for  operating  expenses  associated  with  the  client's 
operations, such as taxes, license and permit fees, insurance costs, payroll and accounts receivable processing and wages of personnel assigned to the operation, although 
some  management  type  contracts,  typically  referred  to  as  "reverse"  management  type  contracts,  require  the  professional  services  operator  to  pay  certain  of  these  cost 
categories  but  provide  for  payment  to  the  operator  of  a  larger  management  fee.  Under  a  management  type  contract,  the  client  usually  is  responsible  for  non-routine 
maintenance and repairs and capital improvements of the operation facility or location, 

4

 
 
Table of Contents

such as structural and significant mechanical repairs. Management type contracts are typically for a term of one to three years (although the contracts may be terminated early 
and may contain renewal clauses).

Lease Type Contracts

Under lease type contracts, the professional services operator generally pays to the client or property owner a fixed base rent or fee, percentage rent that is tied to the financial 
performance of the operation, or a combination of both. The professional services operator collects all revenue and is responsible for most operating expenses, but typically is 
not responsible for major maintenance, capital expenditures or real estate taxes. In contrast to management type contracts, lease type contracts typically have longer terms, 
generally three to ten years, often contain a renewal term and provide for a fixed payment to the client regardless of the facility's operating earnings. In addition, many of these 
lease type contracts may be canceled by the client for various reasons, including development of the real estate for other uses, and on as little as 30 days' notice without cause. 
Lease type contracts generally require larger capital investment by the professional services operator as compared to management type contracts and therefore tend to have 
longer contract periods.

General Business Trends

We  believe  that  sophisticated  clients  recognize  the  potential  for  technology-driven  mobility  solutions,  parking  services,  parking  management,  ground  transportation  services, 
baggage handling services and other ancillary services to be a profit generator and/or a service differentiator to their customers. By outsourcing these services, our clients are 
able  to  capture  additional  profit  and  improve  customer  experiences  by  leveraging  the  unique  technology,  operational  skills  and  controls  that  an  experienced  services  and 
technology solutions provider can offer. Our ability to consistently deliver a uniformly high level of service to our clients, including the use of various technology solutions and 
enhancements, allows us to maximize the profit and/or customer experience for our clients and improves our ability to win contracts and retain existing clients.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe we have the following key competitive strengths:

•

•

•

•

•

•

A  Leading  Market  Position  with  a  Unique  Value  Proposition.  We  are  one  of  the  industry  leading  providers  of  technology-driven  mobility  solutions,  parking 
management,  ground  transportation  services,  baggage  services  and  other  ancillary  services  for  aviation,  commercial,  hospitality,  institutional,  municipal  and 
government, airport, airline and cruise line clients across North America and Europe. Our competitive and key advantages are our Sphere  technology,  which  is  a 
suite of industry-leading technology solutions that drives end-to-end mobility and delivers a frictionless consumer experience across all markets we serve and our 
AeroParker  technology,  which  is  a  Software-as-a  Solution  ("SaaS")  ecommerce  platform  that  increases  non-aeronautical  revenues  for  multiple  major  US  and 
European  airports  through  pre-booked  parking,  revenue  management  and  sales  of  other  products  such  as  access  to  airport  lounges.  Our  services  include  on-site 
parking management, valet parking, ground transportation services, facility maintenance, event logistics, baggage related services, remote airline check-in services, 
security services, municipal meter revenue collection and enforcement services, and consulting services. We market and offer many of our services under our SP+, 
Sphere, Bags, AeroParker, MetroParker and KMP Digitata brands, which reflect our ability to provide customized solutions and meet the varied demands of our 
diverse  client  base.  We  can  augment  our  parking  services  and  technology  solutions  by  providing  our  clients  with  related  services  through  our  SP+ Parking, SP+ 
Facility Maintenance, SP+ GAMEDAY, SP+ Transportation, SP+  Event  Logistics,  Sphere,  AeroParker,  MetroParker,  KMP  Digitata  and  Bags  brands,  thus 
enabling our clients to efficiently address various needs through a single vendor relationship. We believe our ability to offer a comprehensive range of services and 
technology  solutions,  as  well  as  leverage  our  Sphere, AeroParker, MetroParker and KMP Digitata platforms  and  the  Bags  service  offerings  on  an  international 
basis is a significant competitive advantage and allows our clients to attract, service and retain customers, gain access to the breadth and depth of our service and 
process expertise, leverage our significant technology capabilities and enhance their financial operations and customer experience.

Our Scale and Diversification. Expanding our client base, industry vertical markets and geographic locations has enabled us to significantly enhance our operating 
efficiency over the past several years by standardizing processes and managing overhead. The ability to use our scale and purchasing power with vendors drives 
cost savings and benefits for our client base.

o

o

o

Client Base. Our clients include some of North America's largest private and public owners, municipalities, managers and developers of major office buildings, 
residential properties, commercial properties, shopping centers and other retail properties, sports and special event complexes, hotels and resorts, healthcare 
facilities  and  medical  centers,  airports,  airlines  and  cruise  lines.  In  addition,  through  our  acquisition  of  KMP,  we  now  service  many  airports  and  other  clients 
within Europe.

Industry Vertical Markets. We believe our industry vertical market diversification, such as commercial real estate, residential communities, hotels and resorts, 
airports,  airlines,  cruise  lines,  healthcare  facilities  and  medical  centers,  seaports,  municipalities  and  government  facilities,  commercial  real  estate,  residential 
communities,  retail  operations,  large  event  venues,  and  colleges  and  universities,  allows  us  to  minimize  our  exposure  to  industry-specific  seasonality  and 
volatility.  We  believe  that  the  breadth  of  the  end-markets  we  serve  and  the  depths  and  diversity  of  services  and  technology  solutions  we  offer  to  those  end-
markets provide us with a broader base of clients that we can target.

Geographic Locations. We have a diverse geographic footprint that includes operations or our technology-driven mobility solutions in 45 states, the District of 
Columbia, Puerto Rico, 4 Canadian provinces and several countries within in Europe.

Stable  Client  Relationships.  We  have  a  track  record  of  providing  our  clients  with  consistent,  value-added  and  high-quality  services,  which  can  enhance  their 
customers' experience. We continue to see a trend in outsourcing to professional service providers; we believe this trend has meaningful benefits to companies like 
ours, which have a national footprint and scale, extensive industry experience, broad process capabilities and a demonstrated ability to create value for our clients. 
We expect that our acquisition of KMP will further enhance our company footprint outside of North America.

Established Platform for Future Growth. We have invested in and developed an international infrastructure utilizing our Sphere and AeroParker technology solutions 
and platforms that are complemented  by  significant  management  expertise,  which  enable  us  to  scale  our  business  for  future  growth  effectively  and  efficiently.  We 
have the ability to transition into local service operations very quickly, from the simplest to the most complex operation, and have experience working with incumbent 
professional  service  operators  and  technology  solution  providers  to  implement  smooth  and  efficient  takeovers  and  integrate  professional  service  operations  and 
technology solutions seamlessly into our existing operations.

Predictable  Business  Model.  We  believe  that  our  business  model  provides  us  with  a  measure  of  insulation  from  broader  economic  cycles,  because  a  significant 
portion of our locations operate on management type contracts that, for the most part, are not dependent upon the financial performance of the client's operation.

Highly  Capital  Efficient  Business  with  Attractive  Cash  Flow  Characteristics.  Our  business  generates  attractive  operating  cash  flow  due  to  negative  working capital 
dynamics. In addition, we generally have low capital expenditure requirements, which allows us to grow our business through additional technology investments.

5

 
 
Table of Contents

•

•

Focus on Operational Excellence and Human Capital Management. Our culture and training programs place a continuing focus on excellence in the execution of all 
aspects of day-to-day operations. This focus is reflected in our ability to deliver to our clients professional, high-quality services through well-trained, service-oriented 
personnel,  which  we  believe  differentiates  us  from  our  competitors.  To  support  our  focus  on  operational  excellence,  we  manage  our  human  capital  through  a 
comprehensive, structured program that evaluates the competencies and performance of all of our key operations and administrative support personnel on an annual 
basis. We have also dedicated significant resources to human capital management, providing comprehensive training for our employees, delivered through the use of 
our web-based SP+ University learning management system, in addition to facilitated classes. These investments in our people promote customer service and client 
retention in addition to providing our employees with continued training and career development opportunities.

Focus  on  Operational  Compliance  and  Safety  Initiatives.  Our  culture  and  training  programs  continue  to  focus  on  various  compliance  and  safety  initiatives  and 
disciplines  throughout  the  organization,  as  we  implement  an  integrated  approach  for  continuous  improvement  in  our  risk  and  safety  programs.  We  have  also 
dedicated significant resources to our risk and safety programs by providing comprehensive training for our employees, delivered primarily through the use of our 
web-based SP+ University learning management system, on-site training and our SP+irit in Safety newsletters.

Our Growth Strategy

Building on these competitive strengths, we believe we are well positioned to execute on the following growth strategies:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Grow our Business through Technology investments. We believe a significant opportunity exists to expand our business through the use of technology driven mobility 
solutions.  We  provide  a  suite  of  industry-leading  technology  solutions  through  our  Sphere and AeroParker  technology  and  will  continue  to  invest  further  in  these 
products and offerings, as we believe Sphere and AeroParker are key differentiators for us.

Grow Our Business in Existing Geographic Markets. A component of our strategy is to capitalize on economies of scale and operating efficiencies by expanding our 
business  in  our  existing  geographic  markets,  especially  in  our  core  markets.  As  a  given  geographic  market  achieves  a  certain  operational  size,  we  will  typically 
establish  a  local  office  in  order  to  promote  increased  operating  efficiency  by  enabling  local  managers  to  use  a  common  staff  for  recruiting,  training  and  human 
resources  support.  The  concentration  of  our  operating  locations  allows  for  increased  operating  efficiency  and  superior  levels  of  customer  service  and  retention 
through the accessibility of local managers and support resources.

Increase  Penetration  in  Our  Current  Industry  Vertical  Markets.  We  believe  that  a  significant  opportunity  exists  for  us  to  further  expand  our  presence into  certain 
industry vertical markets, such as airports and aviation, colleges and universities, healthcare, municipalities, hospitality and events. In order to effectively target these 
markets, we have implemented a go-to-market strategy of aligning our business by operating segment, industry vertical markets and branding our domain expertise 
through our SP+, Sphere, SP+ GAMEDAY, AeroParker, MetroParker, KMP Digitata and Bags designations to highlight the specialized expertise, competencies, 
services and technology offerings that we provide to meet the needs of each particular industry and customer. Our recognized SP+ brand, which emphasizes our 
specialized market expertise and distinguishes our ancillary service lines from traditional parking under our operating divisions, SP+ Commercial and SP+ Aviation, 
with operations supporting airport, airline, cruise line ports, event, venue, healthcare, hospitality, university, residential and retail clients.

Expand and Cross-Sell Additional Services to Drive Incremental Revenue. We believe we have significant opportunities to further strengthen our relationships with 
existing clients, and to attract new clients, by continuing to cross-sell value-added services that complement our core service operations. Bags is a leading provider of 
baggage,  remote  airline  check-in,  and  other  related services,  primarily  to  airlines,  airports,  sea  ports,  cruise  lines,  hotels  and  resorts.  Bags  combines  exceptional 
customer  service  with  innovative  technologies  to  provide  value-add  client  and  customer  services.  In  addition,  our  AeroParker technology is  a  SaaS  ecommerce 
platform that increases non-aeronautical revenues for major U.S. and European airports through pre-booked parking, revenue management and other sales products 
such as access to airport lounges. We believe there are opportunities to further cross-sell the aforementioned services that Bags and the AeroParker technology 
provides to our existing clients within the aviation, hospitality and commercial markets and to cross-sell parking services and ground transportation services and other 
ancillary services to our existing Bags and AeroParker clients. Our emphasis on these innovative services will continue to drive value with our clients and allow us to 
expand our footprint into multiple markets and geographies.

Expand Our Geographic Platform. We believe that opportunities exist to further develop new geographic markets through new contracts, acquisitions, alliances, joint 
ventures or partnerships. Clients that outsource the management of their operations and professional services often have a presence in a variety of urban markets 
and seek to outsource the management of their operations to a national or international provider. We continue to focus on leveraging relationships with existing clients 
that have locations in multiple markets as one potential entry point into developing new core markets.

Focus on Operational Efficiencies to Further Improve Profitability. We have invested substantial resources in information technology and regularly seek to consolidate 
various corporate functions where possible in order to improve our processes and service offerings. In addition, we will continue to evaluate and improve our human 
capital management to ensure a consistent and high-level of service for our clients. The initiatives undertaken to date in these areas have improved our cost structure 
and enhanced our financial strength, which we believe will continue to yield future benefits. Sphere Remote™ allows us to provide remote management services, 
whereby personnel are able to monitor revenue and other aspects of an operation and provide 24-hour-a-day customer assistance (including remedying equipment 
malfunctions at a facility) by using off-site personnel and equipment. We have begun expanding the facilities where our remote management technology is installed. 
Additionally, Sphere iQ™  reduces  the  dependency  on  local  resources  by  providing  remote  support  for  daily  revenue  reporting  and  monthly  billing  maintenance, 
reducing the cost of local bookkeeping and allowing for increased focus on maximizing revenue.  We expect these businesses to grow as clients focus on improving 
the profitability of their operations by decreasing labor costs at their locations through remote services.

Pursue Opportunistic, Strategic Acquisitions. The outsourced professional services industry and technology solution providers serving the industry remain fragmented
and presents a significant opportunity for us. Given the scale in our existing operating platform, we have a demonstrated ability to successfully identify, acquire and 
integrate strategic acquisitions. We will continue to selectively pursue acquisitions and joint venture investment opportunities that we believe will help us acquire scale 
or further enhance our service capabilities and technology solution offerings.

Business Development

We place a specific focus on marketing and relationship efforts that pertain to those clients or prospective clients having a large regional, national or international presence. 
Accordingly, we assign dedicated executives to these existing or prospective clients to manage the overall relationship, as well as to reinforce existing account relationships and 
to develop new relationships, as well as to take any other action that may further our business development interests.

Competition

We face competition from large and numerous smaller operators and technology solution providers, offering an array of services and technology solutions, which may include 
developers, hotels and resorts, airports, airlines, cruise lines, national services companies and other institutions that may elect to internally manage 

6

 
 
Table of Contents

their own professional service offerings. Additionally, technological factors that improve ride-sharing capabilities increase the use of parking aggregators and the use of third-
party technology-driven mobility solutions can impact our parking and parking management business. Some of our present and potential competitors have or may be able to 
obtain  greater  financial  and  marketing  resources  than  we  have,  which  may  negatively  impact  our  ability  to  retain  existing  contracts  and  gain  new  contracts.  We  also  face 
significant competition in our efforts to provide ancillary services such as shuttle bus services and on-street parking enforcement because of the number of large companies that 
specialize in these services.

We compete for management type contract clients based on a variety of factors, including fees charged for services and technology solutions, providing a comprehensive suite 
of technology-driven mobility solutions, ability to generate revenues and control expenses for clients, accurate and timely reporting of operational results, providing high quality 
customer service and experience, and the ability to anticipate and respond to industry and technology related changes. Factors that affect our ability to compete for lease type 
contract locations include the ability to make financial commitments, long-term financial stability and the ability to generate revenues and control expenses. Factors affecting our 
ability to compete for employees include wages, benefits and working conditions.

Support Operations

We maintain regional and city offices throughout the United States, Canada, Puerto Rico, the United Kingdom and India. These offices serve as the centralized locations through 
which we provide the employees to staff our professional services, as well as the on-site and support management staff to oversee those operations. Our administrative staff is 
primarily  based  in  those  same  offices  and  facilitate  the  efficient,  accurate  and  timely  production  and  delivery  of  client  deliverables,  such  as  monthly  reporting  and  invoicing. 
Having these all-inclusive operations and administrative teams located in regional and city offices allows us to add new professional services for clients in a seamless and cost-
efficient manner.

Our  overall  basic  corporate  functions  in  the  areas  of  finance,  human  resources,  risk  management,  legal,  purchasing,  general  administration,  strategy,  and  product  and 
technology development are primarily based in our Chicago corporate office, as well as the Nashville support office. We also perform product and technology development at 
our subsidiary in India.

Employees

As of December 31, 2023, we employed approximately 19,900 individuals, including 13,100 full-time and 6,800 part-time employees. Approximately 31% of our employees are 
covered by collective bargaining agreements and represented by labor unions, which include various local operational employees. Various union locals represent operational 
employees in the following cities: Akron (OH), Arlington, Baltimore, Birmingham, Boston, Buffalo, Burbank, Chicago, Cincinnati, Cleveland, Dallas, Denver, Detroit, Kansas City, 
Las Vegas, Los Angeles, Manchester (NH), Meadowlands, Miami, New York City, Newark, Oakland, Ontario (Canada), Orlando, Oxon Hill, Philadelphia, Pittsburgh, Portland, 
Richmond, San Diego, San Francisco, San Jose, San Juan (Puerto Rico), Santa Monica, Seattle, Washington, D.C. and Windsor Locks.

We  are  frequently  engaged  in  collective  bargaining  negotiations  with  various  union  locals.  No  single  collective  bargaining  agreement  covers  a  material  number  of  our 
employees. We believe that our employee relations are generally healthy, as evidenced by higher than average rate of tenure and rate of internal promotions.

Central to our ability to execute on our business strategy is the commitment of our employees to delivering excellence in execution of all aspects of our day-to-day operations.
We  strive  to  create  an  inclusive  environment  which  promotes  diversity  across  our  organization  and  a  safe  and  engaging  work  environment  where  our  employees  have  the 
opportunity to succeed and grow. Through our comprehensive development programs and talent management systems, our employees refine their skills and are able to access 
continued  training  and  career  development  opportunities.  In  addition  to  base  salary,  our  compensation  and  benefits  programs  are  structured  to  retain  and  motivate  our 
employees.

The health and safety of our employees is of paramount importance. Because the safety is the responsibility of everyone, each employee is expected to take all safety and 
health polices seriously and help enforce these policies within the workplace.  

Insurance

We  purchase  comprehensive  liability  insurance  covering  certain  claims  that  occur  in  the  operations  that  we  lease  or  manage,  including  coverage  for  general/garage  liability, 
garage  keepers  legal  liability  and  auto  liability.  In  addition,  we  purchase  workers'  compensation  insurance  for  all  eligible  employees  and  umbrella/excess  liability  coverage. 
Under our various liability and workers' compensation insurance policies, we are obligated to pay directly or reimburse the insurance carrier for the deductible / retention amount 
for  each  loss  covered  by  our  general/garage  liability,  automobile  liability,  workers'  compensation  and  garage  keepers  legal  liability  policy.  As  a  result,  we  are  effectively  self-
insured for all claims up to the deductible / retention amount for each loss. We also purchase property insurance that provides coverage for loss or damage to our property and 
in some cases our clients' property, as well as business interruption coverage for lost operating income and certain associated expenses. Because of the size of the operations 
covered and our claims experience, we purchase insurance policies at prices that we believe represent a discount to the prices that would typically be charged to our clients on 
a stand-alone basis. The clients for whom we provide professional services pursuant to management type contracts have the option of purchasing their own liability insurance 
policies (provided that we are named as an additional insured party), but historically most of our clients have chosen to obtain insurance coverage by being named as additional 
insureds under our master liability insurance policies. Pursuant to our management type contracts, we charge those clients insurance-related costs.

We provide group health insurance with respect to eligible full-time employees (whether they work at leased facilities, managed facilities or in our support offices). We self-insure 
the cost of the medical claims for these participants up to a stop-loss limit. Pursuant to our management type contracts, we charge those clients insurance-related costs.

Regulation

Our business is subject to numerous federal, foreign, state and local laws and regulations. In some cases, foreign, municipal and state authorities directly regulate or impose 
extensive  governmental  restrictions  concerning  automobile  capacity,  pricing,  structural  integrity  and  certain  prohibited  practices.  Additionally,  many  cities  impose  a  tax  or 
surcharge on parking services, which generally range from 10% to 50% of revenues collected. We collect and remit sales/parking taxes and file our own tax returns, as well as 
tax returns on behalf of our clients. We are affected by laws and regulations that may impose a direct assessment on us for failure to remit sales/parking taxes, or filing our own 
tax returns or filing tax returns on behalf of our clients.

Under various federal, foreign, state and local environmental laws, ordinances and regulations, a current or previous owner or operator of real property may be liable for the 
costs  of  removal  or  remediation  of  hazardous  or  toxic  substances  on,  under  or  in  such  property.  Such  laws  typically  impose  liability  without  regard  to  whether  the  owner  or 
operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances. In connection with the operation of parking facilities, we may be potentially liable 
for any such costs.

Several  foreign,  state  and  local  laws  have  been  passed  in  recent  years  that  encourage  car-pooling  and  the  use  of  mass  transit  or  impose  certain  restrictions  on  automobile 
usage. These types of laws have adversely affected our revenues and could continue to do so in the future. For example, New York City and Boston imposed restrictions in the 
wake of terrorist attacks, which included street closures, traffic flow restrictions and a requirement for passenger cars entering certain 

7

 
 
Table of Contents

bridges  and  tunnels  to  have  more  than  one  occupant  during  the  morning  rush  hour.  It  is  possible  that  cities  could  enact  new  or  additional  measures  such  as  higher  tolls, 
increased taxes and vehicle occupancy requirements in certain circumstances, which could adversely impact us. We are also affected by zoning and use restrictions and other 
laws and regulations that are common to any business that deals with real estate.

In addition, we are subject to laws generally applicable to businesses, including, but not limited to federal, foreign, state and local regulations relating to wage and hour matters, 
including minimum wage per hour laws and regulations imposed, employee classification, mandatory healthcare benefits, unlawful workplace discrimination, human rights laws 
and whistle blowing. Several cities in which we have operations either have adopted or are considering the adoption of so-called "living wage" ordinances, which could adversely 
impact our profitability by requiring companies that contract with local governmental authorities and other employers to increase wages to levels substantially above the federal 
minimum wage. In addition, we are subject to the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended ("OSHA"), and related regulations. Any actual or 
alleged failure to comply with any regulation applicable to our business or any whistle-blowing claim, even if without merit, could result in costly litigation, regulatory action or 
otherwise harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In connection with ground transportation services and certain airline and cruise line transportation, baggage services and remote airline check-in services provided to our clients, 
the  U.S.  Department  of  Transportation,  including  the  Transportation  Security  Administration  (the  "TSA"),  the  Federal  Aviation  Administration  (the  "FAA")  and  Department  of 
Homeland Security, and various federal and state agencies, exercise broad powers over these certain transportation services, including shuttle bus operations, baggage delivery 
services, remote airline check-in, licensing and authorizations, safety, training and insurance requirements. Our employees must also comply with the various safety and fitness 
regulations promulgated by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal agencies, including those related to minimum training hours and requirements, drug and 
alcohol  testing  and  service  hours.  We  may  become  subject  to  new  and  more  restrictive  federal  and  state  regulations.  Compliance  with  such  regulations  may  increase  our 
operating costs.

Regulations by the FAA may affect our business. The FAA generally prohibits parking within 300 feet of airport terminals during times of heightened alert. The 300 feet rule and 
new regulations may prevent us from using a number of existing spaces during heightened security alerts at airports. Reductions in the number of parking spaces may reduce 
our operating income and cash flow.

Various other governmental regulations affect our operation of properties or facilities, both directly and indirectly, including the Americans with Disabilities Act (the "ADA"). Under 
the ADA, all public accommodations, including parking facilities, are required to meet certain federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. For example, 
the  ADA  requires  parking  facilities  to  include  handicapped  spaces,  headroom  for  wheelchair  vans,  attendants'  booths  that  accommodate  wheelchairs  and  elevators  that  are 
operable by disabled persons. When negotiating contracts with clients, we generally require that the property owner contractually assume responsibility for any ADA liability in 
connection with the property or facility. There can be no assurance, however, that the property owner has assumed such liability for any given property or that we would not be 
held liable despite assumption of responsibility for such liability by the property owner. We believe that the parking facilities we operate are in substantial compliance with ADA 
requirements.

We are also subject to consumer credit laws and credit card industry rules and regulations relating to the processing of credit card transactions, including the Fair and Accurate 
Credit Transactions Act and the Payment Card Data Security Standard. These laws and industry standards impose substantial financial penalties for non-compliance.

Intellectual Property

SP  Plus®,  SP+®  and  the  SP+  logo,  SP+  GAMEDAY®,  Sphere  TM,  Sphere  Technology  by  SP+TM, Parking.comTM  and  the  Parking.com  logoTM, AeroParker®, MetroParkerTM, 
KMP DigitataTM, Standard Parking® and the Standard Parking logo, Central Parking System®, Central Parking Corporation®, USA Parking®, the Bags logo, and Making Every 
Moment Matter for a World on the GoTM, are some of the important trademarks and service marks utilized in our business. Where appropriate, we have also sought protection 
for the names and logos of our material subsidiaries and divisions with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the equivalent state or foreign registry. We invented the 
Multi-Level Vehicle Parking Facility Musical Theme Floor Reminder System. We have also registered the copyright in our proprietary software, such as Client View©, Hand Held 
Program©,  License  Plate  Inventory  Programs©  and  ParkStat©  with  the  United  States  Copyright  Office.  We  also  own  the  URLs  parking.com,  spplus.com,  and 
maketraveleasier.com. We deem our registered service marks to be important, but not critical, to our business and marketing efforts.

Corporate Information

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) are available free of charge at www.spplus.com as soon as reasonably practicable after we file such material 
with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). We provide references to our website for convenience, but our website is not incorporated into this or 
any of our other filings with the SEC.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

The  following  discussion  of  risk  factors  contains  forward-looking  statements.  These  risk  factors  may  be  important  to  understanding  any  statement  in  this  Form  10-K  or 
elsewhere.  The  following  information  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  Part  II,  Item  7.  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of 
Operations" and the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes in Part IV, Item 15. "Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules" of this Form 10-K.

Our business, financial condition and operating results can be affected by a number of factors, whether currently known or unknown, including but not limited to those described 
below. Any one or more of such factors could directly or indirectly cause our actual results of operations and financial condition to vary materially from past or anticipated future 
results of operations and financial condition. Any of these factors, in whole or in part, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations 
and stock price.

Because of the following factors, as well as other factors affecting our financial condition and operating results, past financial performance should not be considered to be a 
reliable indicator of future performance, and investors should not use historical trends to anticipate results or trends in future periods.

Risks related to our business and industry

We may fail to consummate the Merger, and uncertainties related to the consummation of the Merger may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations.

The Merger is subject to the satisfaction of a number of conditions beyond our control. Failure to satisfy the conditions to the Merger could prevent or delay the completion of the 
Merger. If the Merger does not receive, or timely receive, the required regulatory approvals and clearances, including anti-trust clearance under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act, the 
completion of the Merger may be delayed or prevented. If the Merger does not close, we may experience other consequences that 

8

 
 
Table of Contents

could adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and stock price. Our stockholders could be exposed to additional risks, including, but not limited to the 
following:

•

•

•
•

•

to the extent that the current market price of our common stock reflects an assumption that the Merger will be completed, the market price of our common stock 
could decrease if the Merger is not completed;
investor confidence in us could decline, stockholder litigation could be brought against us, relationships with existing and prospective customers, service providers, 
investors, lenders and other business partners may be adversely impacted; 
we may be unable to retain key personnel, and our operating results may be adversely impacted due to costs incurred in connection with the Merger;
we have incurred, and will continue to incur, significant expenses for professional services in connection with the Merger for which we will have received little or no 
benefit if the Merger is not consummated; and
any  disruptions  to  our  business  resulting  from  the  pending  Merger,  including  adverse  changes  in  our  relationships  with  customers,  suppliers,  partners  and 
employees, could potentially continue or intensify in the event the Merger is not consummated or is significantly delayed.

In  addition,  the  efforts  and  costs  to  satisfy  the  closing  conditions  of  the  Merger  may  place  a  significant  burden  on  management  and  internal  resources,  and  the  Merger  and 
related transactions whether or not consummated, may result in a diversion of management's attention from day-to-day operations. Any significant diversion of management's 
attention  away  from  ongoing  business  and  difficulties  encountered  in  the  Merger  process  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  results  of  operations  and 
financial condition.

We are subject to intense competition that could constrain our ability to gain business and adversely impact our profitability.

Competition is intense in the parking facility management, valet, ground transportation service, event management, technology-driven mobility solutions and baggage delivery 
businesses  including  other  ancillary  services  that  we  offer.  Providers  of  similar  services  have  traditionally  competed  on  the  basis  of  cost  and  quality  of  service.  As  we  have 
worked to establish ourselves as a leader in the industries in which we operate, we compete predominately on the basis of high levels of service and strong relationships. We 
may not be able to, or may choose not to compete with certain competitors on the basis of price. As a result, a greater proportion of our clients may switch to other service 
providers or elect to self-manage the services we provide.

The low cost of entry into these businesses has led to strongly competitive, fragmented markets consisting of various sized entities, ranging from small local or single operators 
to  large  regional  and  national  businesses  and  multi-facility  operators,  as  well  as  governmental  entities  and  companies  that  can  perform  for  themselves  one  or  more  of  the 
services we provide. Regional and local-owned and operated companies may have additional insights into local or smaller markets and significantly lower labor and overhead 
costs, providing them with a competitive advantage in those regards. Competitors may also be able to adapt more quickly to changes in customer requirements, devote greater 
resources to the promotion and sale of their services or develop technology that is as or more successful than our technology.

We provide nearly all of our services under contracts, many of which are obtained through competitive bidding, and many of our contracts require that our clients pay certain 
costs at specified rates. Our management type contracts are typically for a term of one to three years, although the contracts may be terminated by the client, without cause, on 
30-days' notice or less, giving clients regular opportunities to attempt to negotiate a reduction in fees or other allocated costs. Any loss of a significant number of clients could, in 
the  aggregate,  materially  adversely  affect  our  operating  results.  We  may  experience  higher  operating  costs  related  to  changes  in  laws  and  regulations  regarding  employee 
benefits, employee minimum wage, and other entitlements promulgated by federal, state and local governments or as a result of increased local wages necessary to attract 
employees  due  to  changes  in  the  unemployment  rate.  If  actual  costs  exceed  the  rates  specified  in  the  contacts  or  we  are  unable  to  renegotiate  our  specified  rates  in  our 
contracts,  our  profitability  may  be  negatively  affected.  Furthermore,  these  strong  competitive  pressures  could  impede  our  success  in  bidding  for  profitable  business  and  our 
ability to maintain or increase prices even as costs rise, thereby reducing margins.

Changing consumer preferences and legislation affecting our industry or related industries may lead to a decline in parking demand, which could have a material 
adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

While  we  devote  considerable  effort  and  resources  to  analyzing  and  responding  to  consumer  preferences  and  changes  in  the  markets  in  which  we  operate,  consumer 
preferences  cannot  be  predicted  with  certainty  and  can  change  rapidly.  Changes  in  consumer  behaviors,  including  the  use  of  mobile  phone  applications  and  on-line  parking 
reservation services that help drivers reserve parking with garage, lots and individual owner spaces, cannot be predicted with certainty and could change current customers' 
parking preferences, which may have an impact on the price customers are willing to pay for our services. In addition, demand for ride share services, such as Uber and Lyft, 
and  car  sharing  services,  like  Zipcar,  along  with  the  potential  for  driverless  cars,  may  lead  to  a  decline  in  parking  demand  in  cities  and  urban  areas.  Additionally,  urban 
congestion and congestion pricing due to state and local laws that have been or may be passed encouraging carpooling and use of mass transit systems or the aforementioned 
ride sharing services, may negatively impact parking demand and pricing that a customer would be willing to pay for our services. If we are unable to anticipate and respond to 
trends  in  the  consumer  marketplace  and  the  industry,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  market  displacement  by  livery  service  companies,  car  sharing  companies  and  changing 
technologies, we could experience a material and adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, several state and local laws have 
been passed in recent years that encourage the use of carpooling and mass transit. In the future, local, state and federal environmental regulatory authorities may pursue or 
continue to pursue, measures related to climate change and greenhouse gas emissions which may have the effect of decreasing the number of cars being driven. Such laws or 
regulations could adversely impact the demand for our services and our business.

Our business success depends on our ability to preserve client relationships.

We  primarily  provide  services  pursuant  to  agreements  that  are  cancelable  by  either  party  upon  30-days’  notice.    As  we  generally  incur  initial  costs on  new  contracts,  our 
business  associated  with  long-term  client  relationships  is  generally  more  profitable  than  short-term  client  relationships.    Managing  our  existing  client  relationships,  including 
those client relationships acquired as part of a business acquisition, is an important factor in contributing to our business success. If we lose a significant number of existing 
clients, or fail to win new clients, our profitability could be negatively impacted, even if we gain equivalent revenues from new clients or through client relationships obtained 
through acquisitions.

We may have difficulty obtaining, maintaining or renewing coverage for certain insurable risks or coverage for certain insurable risks at a reasonable cost to us or 
at all.

We use a combination of insured and self-insured programs to cover workers' compensation, general/garage liability, automobile liability, property damage, healthcare and other 
insurable  risks,  and  we  provide  liability  and  workers'  compensation  insurance  coverage,  consistent  with  our  obligations  to  our  clients  under  our  various  contracts.  We  are 
responsible for claims in excess of our insurance policies' limits, and, while we endeavor to purchase insurance coverage that is appropriate to our assessment of risk, we are 
unable to predict with certainty the frequency, nature or magnitude of claims or direct or consequential damages. If our insurance proves to be inadequate or unavailable, our 
business may be negatively affected.

9

 
 
Table of Contents

Recent consolidation within the insurance industry could impact our ability to obtain or renew policies at competitive rates. Should we be unable to obtain or renew our excess, 
umbrella  or  other  commercial  insurance  policies  at  competitive  rates,  it  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  business,  as  would  the  occurrence  of  catastrophic 
uninsured claims or the inability or refusal of our insurance carriers to pay otherwise insured claims.

We are subject to volatility associated with our high deductible and high retention insurance programs, including the possibility that changes in estimates of 
ultimate insurance losses could result in material charges against our operating results.

We are obligated to reimburse our insurance carriers for, or pay directly, each loss incurred up to the amount of a specified deductible or self-insured retention amount. We also 
purchase property insurance that provides coverage for loss or damage to our property and, in some cases, our clients' property, as well as business interruption coverage for 
lost operating income and certain associated expenses. The deductible or retention applicable to any given loss under the property insurance policies varies based upon the 
insured values and the peril that causes the loss. Our financial statements reflect our funding of all such obligations based upon guidance and evaluation received from third-
party insurance professionals. However, our actual obligations at any particular time may exceed the amount presently funded or accrued, in which case we would need to set 
aside additional funds to reserve for any such excess.

The  determination  of  required  insurance  reserves  is  dependent  upon  significant  actuarial  judgments.  We  use  the  results  of  actuarial  studies  to  estimate  insurance  rates  and 
reserves  for  future  periods  and  adjust  reserves  as  appropriate  for  the  current  year  and  prior  years.  Changes  in  insurance  reserves  as  a  result  of  periodic  evaluations  of  the
liabilities can cause swings in operating results that may not be indicative of the performance of our ongoing business. Actual experience related to our insurance reserves can 
cause us to change our estimates for reserves, and any such changes may materially impact our results of operations, causing volatility in our operating results. Additionally, our 
obligations could increase if we receive a greater number of insurance claims, or if the severity of, or the administrative costs associated with, those claims materially increases.

Further, to the extent that we self-insure our losses, deterioration in our loss control and/or our continuing claim management efforts could increase the overall costs of claims
within our retained limits. A material change in our insurance costs due to changes in the frequency of claims, the severity of claims, the costs of excess/umbrella premiums, 
regulatory changes or consolidation within the insurance industry could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Because of the size of the operations covered and our claims experience, we purchase insurance policies at prices that we believe represent a discount to the prices that would 
typically  be  charged  to  clients  on  a  stand-alone  basis.  The  clients  for  whom  we  provide  professional  services  pursuant  to  management  type  contracts  have  the  option  of 
purchasing their own liability insurance policies (provided that we are named as an additional insured party). Historically, most of our clients have chosen to obtain insurance 
coverage by being named as additional insureds under our master liability insurance policies. Pursuant to our management type contracts, we charge those clients an allocated 
portion  of  our  insurance-related  costs.  Our  inability  to  purchase  such  policies  at  competitive  rates  or  charge  clients  for  such  insurance-related  costs,  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

We do not maintain insurance coverage for all possible risks.

We maintain a comprehensive portfolio of insurance policies to help protect us against loss or damage incurred from a wide variety of insurable risks. Each year, we review with 
our third-party insurance advisers whether the insurance policies and associated coverages that we maintain are sufficient to adequately protect us from the various types of risk 
to which we are exposed in the ordinary course of business. That analysis takes into account various pertinent factors such as the likelihood that we would incur a material loss 
from any given risk, as well as the cost of obtaining insurance coverage against any such risk. We are responsible for claims in excess of our insurance policies' limits, and, 
while we endeavor to purchase insurance coverage that is appropriate to our assessment of risk, we are unable to predict with certainty the frequency, nature or magnitude of 
claims or direct or consequential damages, including, in particular, due to unforeseen events, such as natural disasters, severe weather conditions, pandemic outbreaks and 
acts of terrorism and other geopolitical events. In addition, we may sustain material losses resulting from an event or occurrence where our insurance coverage is believed to be 
sufficient, but such coverage is either inadequate or we cannot access the coverage.  Furthermore, our business interruption insurance, may not provide sufficient coverage, if 
any, for losses we incur in connection with these events, in addition to other specified exclusions. These scenarios may result in a material adverse impact on our results of 
operations.

Risks relating to our acquisition strategy may adversely impact our results of operations.

In the past, a significant portion of our growth has been generated by acquisitions. Any acquisition we make may not provide us with any of the benefits that we anticipated or 
anticipate  when  entering  into  such  transaction,  particularly  acquisitions  in  adjacent  professional  services.  The  process  of  integrating  an  acquired  business  may  create 
unforeseen difficulties and expenses. The areas in which we may face risks in connection with any potential acquisition of a business include, but are not limited to:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•

•

•

•
•

•

failure of the acquired business to perform in-line with our expectations or acquisition models;
revenue synergies and our ability to cross-sell service offerings to existing clients may be different than our expectations;
costs of integrating the business or synergies anticipated could be different than our expectations;
our time and focus may be diverted from operating our business to acquisition integration;
the time frame for integration could be delayed and the related costs may exceed our expectations;
clients or key employees of an acquired business may not remain, which could negatively impact our ability to grow that acquired business;
integration  of  the  acquired  business’s  accounting,  information  technology,  human  resources  and  other  administrative  systems  may  fail  to  permit  effective 
management and expense reduction;
an  acquired  entity  may  not  have  in  place  all  the  necessary  controls  as  required  by  the  SEC  and  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board,  and 
implementing such controls, procedures, and policies may fail;
integrating  financial  reporting  policies  in  compliance  with  the  SEC's  requirements  and  the  requirements  of  other  regulatory  bodies  may  result  in  increased 
costs, time and resources spent on or by our financial personnel;
integrating  an  acquired  entity  into  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  require  and  continue  to  require  significant  time  and  resources  from  our 
management and other personnel and may increase our compliance costs;
additional indebtedness incurred as a result of an acquisition may adversely impact our financial position, results of operations and cash flows; 
we  may  be  subject  to  additional  compliance  and  other  regulatory  requirements  as  a  result  of  an  acquired  business,  including  in  connection  with  any  new 
products or services we offer; and 
unanticipated or unknown liabilities may arise relating to an acquired business.

We are increasingly dependent on information technology, and potential disruption, cyber-attacks, cyber-terrorism and security breaches to our technology, or our 
third-party providers and clients, or the compromise of our data, present risks that could materially harm our business.

We are increasingly dependent on automated information technology systems to manage and support a variety of business processes and activities. In addition, a portion of our 
business operations is conducted electronically, increasing the risk of attack or interception that could in the future cause loss or misuse of data, system failures, disruption of 
operations, unauthorized malware, computer or system viruses, or the compromise of data, such as theft of intellectual property or 

10

 
 
Table of Contents

inappropriate  disclosure  of  confidential,  proprietary  or  personal  information.  Such  disruptions  could  have  a  material  impact  on  our  business,  however,  disruptions  that  have 
occurred have not been material or negatively impacted on our business.

Furthermore, the controls and procedures that we have in place may not be sufficient to protect us from security breaches. Improper activities by third parties, exploitation of 
encryption technology, new data-hacking tools and discoveries and other events or developments can result in a compromise or breach of our networks, payment card terminals 
or other payment systems. In particular, the techniques used by criminals to obtain unauthorized access to sensitive data change frequently and often are not recognized until 
they have been deployed against a target. Accordingly, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures.

Additionally,  our  systems  are  subject  to  damage  or  interruption  from  system  conversions,  power  outages,  computer  or  telecommunications  failures,  computer  viruses  and 
malicious attack, security breaches and catastrophic events. If our systems are damaged or fail to function properly, we may incur substantial repair and/or replacement costs, 
experience data loss or theft and impediments to our ability to manage customer transactions, which could materially adversely affect our business and our results of operations. 
The occurrence of acts of cyber terrorism, such as website defacement, denial of automated payment services, sabotage of our proprietary on-demand technology or the use of 
electronic social media to disseminate unfounded or otherwise harmful allegations to our reputation, could have a material adverse effect on our business. Any disruptions to our 
information technology systems, breaches or compromise of data and/or misappropriation of information could result in lost sales, negative publicity, litigation, violation of privacy 
laws,  business  interruptions  or  damage  to  our  reputation  that,  in  turn,  could  materially  negatively  impact  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  Our  insurance 
coverage may be insufficient to cover all losses potentially incurred and would not remedy any damage to our reputation.

We do not have control over security measures taken by third-party vendors hired by our clients to prevent unauthorized access to electronic and other confidential information. 
There can be no assurance third-party vendors will not suffer an attack in the future in which unauthorized parties gain access to personal financial information of individuals 
associated with our Company, our clients or our client's customers, and any such incident may not be discovered and remedied in a timely manner, or at all.

Our risk management and safety programs may not have the intended effect of allowing us to reduce our insurance costs.

We attempt to mitigate our business and operating risks through the implementation of Company-wide safety and loss control programs designed to decrease the incidence of 
accidents or events that might increase our exposure or liability. However, our insurance coverage may not be adequate, despite our implementation of Company-wide safety 
and loss control efforts, or may be inaccessible in certain instances, either of which would result in additional costs to us and may adversely impact our results of operations.

Our contracts expose us to certain risks.

The  loss  or  renewal  on  less  favorable  terms  of  a  substantial  number  of  contracts  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations. A material reduction in the operating income associated with the integrated services we provide under our contracts could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. Our management type contracts are typically for a term of one to three years, although the contracts may be terminated, 
without cause, on 30-days' notice or less, giving clients regular opportunities to attempt to negotiate a reduction in fees or other allocated costs. Any loss of a significant number 
of clients could in the aggregate materially adversely affect our operating results.

We are particularly exposed to increases in costs for locations that we operate under lease type contracts because we are generally responsible for all the operating expenses 
of our leased locations. Typically, during the first and fourth quarters of each year, seasonality generally impacts our performance with regard to moderating revenues, with the 
reduced levels of travel most clearly reflected in the parking activity associated with our aviation and hotel businesses, as well as increases in certain costs of parking services, 
such as snow removal, all of which can negatively affect operating income. 

Deterioration in economic conditions in general could reduce the demand for our services and, as a result, reduce our earnings and adversely affect our financial 
condition.

Adverse changes in global, national and local economic conditions could have a negative impact on our business. Adverse economic conditions, including inflation and rising 
interest rates, may result in our client's customers reducing their discretionary spending, which includes travel and leisure spending. Because a portion of our revenue is tied to 
the volume of airline passengers, hotel guests, retail shoppers and sporting event attendees, our business could be adversely impacted by the curtailment of business travel, 
personal travel or discretionary spending caused by unfavorable changes in economic conditions and/or consumer confidence. Adverse changes in local, regional, national and 
international economic conditions could depress prices for our services or cause clients to cancel agreements for the services we provide to our clients and their customers.

In addition, the majority of our business tends to be concentrated in large urban areas. Many of our customers are workers who commute by car to their places of employment in
these  urban  areas  or  who  use  services  in  the  travel,  leisure  and  hospitality  industry.  Our  business  could  be  materially  adversely  affected  to  the  extent  that  weak  economic 
conditions  or  demographic  factors  could  result  in  the  elimination  of  jobs  and  high  unemployment  in  the  large  urban  areas  where  our  business  is  concentrated.  In  addition, 
increased unemployment levels, increased office vacancies in urban areas, movement toward home office or “work from home” alternatives or lower consumer spending could 
reduce demand for our services.

Global  or  large-scale  pandemics  could  have  a  negative  effect  on  the  global  economy  and  the  financial  markets,  which  has  had  and  could  in  the  future  have  an 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If a pandemic or similar occurrence, or general economic weakness causes deterioration for the travel, leisure and hospitality industry or the other industries to which we provide
services,  we  may  not  be  able  to  expand  the  geographies  in  which  we  provide  our  services  or  acquire  businesses  that  may  enable  us  to  expand  or  otherwise  execute  our 
strategic growth plan. Such events have caused, and could in the future cause us to incur additional expenses in light of the public health implications, including additional or 
accelerated  investments  in  technology  solutions  which  may  be  mandated  by  local,  state,  federal,  foreign  or  other  governmental  authorities  or  by  recommendations  from  the 
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. 

Labor disputes could lead to loss of revenues or expense variations.

When  one  or  more  of  our  major  collective  bargaining  agreements  becomes  subject  to  renegotiation  or  we  face  union  organizing  drives,  we  may  disagree  with  the  union  on 
important  issues  that,  in  turn,  could  lead  to  a  strike,  work  slowdown  or  other  job  actions.  We  may  not  be  able  to  renew  existing  labor  union  contracts  on  acceptable  terms, 
particularly during times of economic distress, and, in such cases, we may not be able to staff sufficient employees for our short-term needs. A strike, work slowdown or other 
job action could in some cases disrupt our ability to provide services, resulting in reduced revenues. If declines in client service occur or if our clients are targeted for sympathy 
strikes  by  other  unionized  workers,  contract  cancellations  could  result.  Negotiating  a  first-time  agreement  or  renegotiating  an  existing  collective  bargaining  agreement  could 
result in a substantial increase in labor and benefits expenses that we may be unable to pass through to clients. In addition, potential legislation could make it significantly easier 
for union organizing drives to be successful and could give third-party arbitrators the ability to impose terms of collective bargaining agreements upon us and a labor union if we 
are unable to agree with such union on the terms of a collective 

11

 
 
Table of Contents

bargaining  agreement.  At  December  31,  2023,  approximately  31%  of  our  employees  were  represented  by  labor  unions  and  approximately  13%  of  our  collective  bargaining 
contracts are up for renewal in 2024, representing approximately 22% of our employees. In addition, at any given time, we may face a number of union organizing drives. In a 
market  where  we  are  unionized  but  our  competitors  are  not  unionized,  we  may  lose  clients  as  a  result.  Moreover,  negotiating  first-time  collective  bargaining  agreements  or 
renewing existing agreements, could result in substantial increases in labor and benefit costs that we may not be able to pass through to clients.

In addition, we make contributions to multi-employer benefit plans on behalf of certain employees covered by collective bargaining agreements, and we could be responsible for 
paying unfunded liabilities incurred by such benefit plans, which could be material. If we become responsible for any such liability or liabilities, we could experience a material 
adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

Catastrophic events could disrupt our business and services.

Catastrophic events, including natural disasters, severe weather conditions, pandemic outbreaks and acts of terrorism or other geopolitical events, have in the past, and may 
again in the future, cause economic dislocations throughout the geographies we operate in, lead to reduced levels of travel and result in an increase in certain costs of providing 
parking and remote bag check-in and handling services, any of which could negatively affect the use of our services and our operating income. In addition, terrorist attacks have 
resulted  in,  and  may  continue  to  result  in,  increased  government  regulation  of  airlines  and  airport  facilities,  including  the  imposition  of  minimum  distances  between  parking 
facilities and terminals, resulting in the elimination of parking facilities we manage. We derive a significant percentage of our operating income from parking facilities and parking 
related services in and around airports. The FAA generally prohibits parking within 300 feet of airport terminals during periods of heightened security. Although the prohibition is 
not currently in effect, it may be reinstated in the future. The existing regulations governing parking within 300 feet of airport terminals during a period of heightened security or 
future regulations may prevent us from using certain parking spaces. Reductions in the number of parking spaces and air travelers may reduce our revenue and cash flow from 
both our leased facilities and those facilities and contracts we operate under management type contracts.

Because our business is affected by weather-related trends, typically in the first and fourth quarters of each year, our results may fluctuate from period to period, 
which could make it difficult to evaluate our business.

Weather conditions, including fluctuations in temperatures, snow or severe weather storms, heavy flooding, hurricanes or natural disasters, can negatively impact portions of our 
business. We have from time to time experienced fluctuations in our quarterly results arising from a number of factors, including the following:

• 
• 

reduced levels of travel during and as a result of severe weather conditions, which is reflected in lower revenue from our services; and
increased cost of services, such as snow removal and longer delivery times for our baggage delivery services.

These factors have typically had negative impacts to our operating income and could cause operating income reductions in the future. Fluctuations in our results could make it 
difficult to evaluate our business or cause instability in the market price of our common stock.

There are risks associated with operations outside the United States

We have operations outside the United States. As such, we are subject to risks inherent in conducting our business outside the United States. The economic environment in 
which we operate may become volatile and we could be impacted by changes in foreign exchange rates, tax or other regulatory changes in the countries in which we have 
operations. In addition, we may have difficulties managing our international operations across different geographic areas and cultures, including assuring compliance with the 
U.S.  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act  and  other  U.S.  and  foreign  anti-corruption  laws.    Any  of  these  issues  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  business,  financial 
condition and results of operations.

State and municipal government clients may sell or enter into long-term lease type contracts of parking-related assets with our competitors or property owners and 
developers may redevelop existing locations for alternative uses.

In order to raise additional revenue, a number of state and municipal governments have either sold or entered into long-term lease type contracts of public assets or may be 
contemplating  such  transactions.  The  assets  that  are  the  subject  of  such  transactions  have  included  government-owned  parking  garages  located  in  downtown  commercial 
districts and parking operations at airports. The sale or long-term leasing of such government-owned parking assets to our competitors or clients of our competitors could have a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally,  property  owners  and  developers  may  elect  to  redevelop  existing  locations  for  alternative  uses  other  than  parking  or  significantly  reduce  the  number  of  existing 
spaces used for parking at those facilities. Reductions in the number of parking spaces or potential loss of contracts due to redevelopment by property owners may reduce our 
operating income and cash flow for both our lease type contracts and those facilities or contracts we operate under management type contracts.

We have investments in joint ventures and may be subject to certain financial and operating risks with our joint venture investments.

We have acquired or invested in a number of joint ventures, and may acquire or enter into joint ventures with additional companies. These transactions create risks such as:

• 
• 
• 
• 

• 

additional operating losses and expenses in the businesses acquired or joint ventures in which we have made investments;
potential unknown liabilities associated with a company we may acquire or in which we invest; 
requirements or obligations to commit and provide additional capital, equity or credit support as required by the joint venture agreements; 
inability of the joint venture partner to (1) perform its obligations as a result of financial or other difficulties or (2) provide additional capital, equity or credit support 
under the joint venture agreements; and
disruption of our ongoing business, including loss of our focus on the business.

As  a  result  of  future  acquisitions  or  joint  ventures  in  which  we  may  invest,  we  may  need  to  issue  additional  equity  securities,  spend  our  cash,  or  incur  debt  and  contingent 
liabilities, any of which could reduce our profitability and harm our business. In addition, valuations supporting our acquisitions or investments in joint ventures could change 
rapidly given the global economic environment. We could determine that such valuations have experienced impairments, resulting in other-than-temporary declines in fair value 
that could adversely impact our financial results.

Risks related to legal and regulatory matters

Adverse  litigation  judgments  or  settlements  resulting  from  legal  proceedings  in  which  we  may  be  involved  could  adversely  affect  our  operations  and  financial 
condition.

12

 
 
Table of Contents

In the normal course of business, we are from time to time involved in various legal proceedings, including class action litigation. The outcome of these and any other legal 
proceedings cannot be predicted. It is possible that an unfavorable outcome of some or all of the legal proceedings could cause us to incur substantial liabilities that may have a 
material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  Any  significant  adverse  litigation,  judgments  or  settlements  could  have  a  negative  effect  on  our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. Because our business employs a significant number of employees, we incur risks that these individuals will make claims 
against us for violating various employment-related federal, foreign, state and local laws. Some or all of these claims may lead to litigation, including class action litigation, and 
there may be negative publicity with respect to any alleged claims. Additionally, we are subject to legal and regulatory risks in the states and foreign countries where we have 
employees, including, for example, if there are new or unanticipated judicial interpretations of existing laws and those interpretations are applied to employers on a retroactive 
basis.

We operate in a highly regulated environment, and our compliance with laws and regulations, including any changes thereto, or our non-compliance with such laws 
and regulations, may impose significant costs on us.

Under various federal, state and local environmental laws, ordinances and regulations, current or previous owners or operators of real property may be liable for the costs of 
removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on, under or in their properties. This could apply to properties we either own or operate. These laws typically impose 
liability without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances. We may be potentially liable for 
such costs as a result of our operation of parking facilities. Additionally, we hold a partial ownership interest in four parking facilities, and companies that we previously acquired 
may have owned a large number of properties that we did not acquire. We may be held liable for certain costs as a result of such previous and current ownership. In addition, 
from time to time we are subject to legal claims and regulatory actions involving environmental issues at certain locations or otherwise in connection with our operations. The 
cost of defending against claims of liability, or remediation of a contaminated property, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of 
operations.

In connection with ground transportation services and certain transportation and baggage services provided to our clients, including shuttle bus operations, baggage handling 
and delivery services and remote airline check-in services, the U.S. Department of Transportation, including the TSA and Department of Homeland Security, and various federal 
and  state  agencies  exercise  broad  powers  over  these  transportation  and  baggage  related  services,  including,  licensing  and  authorizations,  safety,  training  and  insurance 
requirements.  Our  employees  must  also  comply  with  the  various  safety  and  fitness  regulations  promulgated  by  the  U.S.  Department  of  Transportation  and  other  federal 
agencies, including those related to minimum training hours and requirements, drug and alcohol testing and service hours. We may become subject to new and more restrictive 
federal and state regulations. Compliance with such regulations could hamper our ability to provide qualified drivers and increase our operating costs. Our compliance with any 
new rules and regulations, directives, anticipated rules or other forms of regulatory oversight may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of 
operations.

We are also subject to consumer credit laws and credit card industry rules and regulations relating to the processing of credit card transactions, including the Fair and Accurate 
Credit Transactions Act and the Payment Card Data Security Standard. These laws and industry standards impose substantial financial penalties for non-compliance.

In addition, we are subject to laws generally applicable to businesses, including, but not limited, to federal, foreign, state and local regulations relating to data privacy, wage and 
hour matters, employee classification, mandatory healthcare benefits, unlawful workplace discrimination and whistle blowing. Any actual or alleged failure to comply with any 
regulation  applicable  to  our  business  or  any  whistle-blowing  claim,  even  if  without  merit,  could  result  in  costly  litigation,  regulatory  action  or  otherwise  harm  our  business, 
financial condition and results of operations.

We collect and remit sales/parking taxes and file our own tax returns and tax returns on behalf of our clients. We are affected, and may in the future be affected, by laws and 
regulations that may impose a direct assessment on us for failure to remit sales/parking taxes and filing our tax returns and tax returns on behalf of our clients.

We cannot predict changes in laws and regulations made by federal, foreign, state or local governments. Any such changes may pose additional regulatory burden and costs on 
our business or otherwise adversely affect our results of operations.

Rising healthcare costs may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We provide healthcare and other benefits to employees. In certain circumstances, we charge our clients insurance-related costs. Costs for health care have generally increased 
more  rapidly  than  general  inflation  in  the  U.S.  economy.  If  this  trend  in  health  care  continues  and  we  are  unable  to  raise  the  rates  we  charge  our  clients  to  cover  expenses 
incurred due to the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act or other healthcare initiatives, our operating income could be negatively impacted.

Changes in tax laws or rulings could materially affect our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

We  are  subject  to  income  and  other  tax  laws  in  the  United  States  (federal,  state  and  local)  and  other  foreign  jurisdictions,  which  include  Canada,  Puerto  Rico,  the  United 
Kingdom and India. Changes in tax laws, regulations, tax rulings, administrative practices or changes in interpretations of existing laws, could materially affect our business. Due 
to economic and political conditions, tax rates in various jurisdictions may be subject to significant change, with or without notice, and our effective tax rate could be affected by 
changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates or changes in tax laws or their interpretation, including in the United States (federal, state and local) 
and the other foreign jurisdictions in which we operate. Our income tax expense, deferred tax assets and liabilities and our effective tax rates could be affected by numerous 
factors, including the relative amount of our foreign earnings, including earnings being lower than anticipated in jurisdictions where we have lower statutory rates and higher than 
anticipated in jurisdictions where we have higher statutory rates, the applicability of special tax regimes, losses incurred in jurisdictions for which we are not able to realize the 
related tax benefit, entry into new businesses or geographies, changes to our existing business and operations, acquisitions and investments and how they are financed and 
changes in the relevant tax, accounting and other tax law regulations, administrative practices, principles and interpretations. Additionally, adverse changes in the underlying 
profitability and financial outlook of our operations or changes in tax law, as discussed above, could lead to changes in our valuation allowances against deferred tax assets on 
our consolidated balance sheets, which could materially affect our results of operations.

We are also subject to tax audits and examinations by governmental authorities in the United States (federal, state and local) and other foreign jurisdictions in which we operate. 
We regularly assess the likelihood of an adverse outcome resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for taxes, but our assessments as to the 
outcome of such tax audits and examinations involve a number of assumptions and may ultimately prove to be incorrect. Negative unexpected results from one or more such tax 
audits or examinations or our failure to sustain our reporting positions on examination could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and our effective tax rate.

13

 
 
Table of Contents

Risks related to our liquidity and capital resources 

Interest rate changes could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

We are exposed to interest rate risks primarily as a result of our borrowings and investing activities, which include long-term borrowings used to maintain liquidity and fund our 
business and capital requirements. The nature and amount of our debt may vary from time to time as a result of business requirements, market conditions, and other factors.

On April 21, 2022, we entered into a fifth amendment (the “Fifth Amendment”) to our Amended Credit Agreement (as defined in Note 11. Borrowing Arrangements), pursuant to 
which the Lenders have made available to us a senior secured credit facility (the “Senior Credit Facility”). The Senior Credit Facility bears interest at a forward-looking SOFR 
term interest rate administered by Chicago Mercantile Exchange (“Term SOFR”). Our interest expense could increase due to changes in the Term SOFR rate and our available 
cash flow for general corporate requirements may be adversely affected. In addition, there remains uncertainty as to the longer-term impact of the adoption of Term SOFR and 
other alternative reference rates, which could affect our overall financial condition or results of operations. 

Impairment charges could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  the  purchase  price  of  acquired  businesses  over  the  fair  values  of  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed.  October  1st  is  our  annual 
impairment assessment date for goodwill. However, we could be required to evaluate the recoverability of goodwill prior to the annual assessment if we experience a significant 
under-performance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the use of acquired assets or our business strategy, or significant 
negative industry or economic trends. The goodwill impairment test is performed at the reporting unit level. If the fair value of one of our reporting units is less than its carrying 
value,  we  would  record  impairment  for  the  excess  of  the  carrying  amount  over  the  implied  fair  value.  The  valuation  of  our  reporting  units  requires  significant  judgment  in 
evaluation of recent indicators of market activity and estimated future cash flows, discount rates, and other factors. Future events may indicate differences from our judgments 
and estimates which could, in turn, result in impairment charges. Future events that may result in impairment charges include economic volatility, increases in interest rates, 
which would impact discount rates, or other factors which could decrease revenues and profitability of our reporting units and changes in the cost structure of existing facilities.

We evaluate our long-lived assets, including lease right-of-use (“ROU”) and intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. These events and circumstances include, but are not limited to, a current expectation that a long-lived asset will be 
disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life, a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which we use a long-lived asset or asset 
group, a change in a long-lived asset’s physical condition or a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the use of the long-lived asset or asset 
group. When this occurs, a recoverability test is performed that compares the projected undiscounted cash flows from the use and eventual disposition of an asset or asset 
group to its carrying amount. If we conclude that the projected undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount, impairment would be recorded for the excess of the 
carrying  amount  over  the  estimated  fair  value.  See  Notes  1.  Significant Accounting Policies and Practices  and  Note  3.  Leases  to  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for 
further discussion.

Assumptions  and  estimates  used  to  determine  cash  flows  in  the  evaluation  of  impairment  and  the  fair  values  used  to  determine  the  impairment  are  subject  to  a  degree  of 
judgment and complexity. Any future changes to the assumptions and estimates resulting from changes in actual results or market conditions from those anticipated may affect 
the carrying value of long-lived assets or asset groups and could result in additional impairment charges. Future events that may result in impairment charges include economic 
volatility or other factors which could decrease revenues and profitability of existing locations and changes in the cost structure of existing facilities.

We have incurred indebtedness, and we may incur indebtedness in the future, which could adversely affect our financial condition.

Our Amended Credit Agreement provides for a Senior Credit Facility that includes a $400.0 million revolving credit facility and a $200.0 million term loan that is scheduled to 
mature in April 2027. The Senior Credit Facility is secured by a lien on all of our assets. In connection with our Amended Credit Agreement, the negative and financial covenants 
in the Credit Agreement were amended and some additional covenants were added, as described in Note 11. Borrowing Arrangements. Failure to comply with covenants or to 
meet payment obligations under our Senior Credit Facility could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of outstanding debt 
obligations.

We may incur additional indebtedness in the future, which could cause the related risks to intensify. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before
their respective maturities. We may not be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including indebtedness under our Senior Credit Facility, on commercially reasonable terms 
or at all. If we are unable to refinance our debt, we may default under the terms of our indebtedness, which could lead to an acceleration of the repayment of outstanding debt. 
We do not expect that we could repay all of our outstanding indebtedness if the repayment of such indebtedness was accelerated. If adequate capital is not available to us and 
our internal sources of liquidity prove to be insufficient, or if future financings require more restrictive covenants, such combination of events could adversely affect our ability to 
(i) acquire new businesses or enter new markets, (ii) service or refinance our existing debt, (iii) make necessary capital investments and (iv) make other expenditures necessary 
for the ongoing conduct of our business.

In  addition,  the  terms  of  future  debt  agreements  and  amendments  to  our  existing  debt  agreements  could  include  more  restrictive  covenants,  which  may  further  restrict  our 
business operations or cause future financing to be unavailable due to our covenant restrictions then in effect.

Our ability to maintain and expand our business will be dependent upon the availability of adequate capital.

The ability to maintain and expand our business will depend, in part, on the availability of adequate capital, which in turn will depend, in large part, on cash flow generated by our 
business and the availability of equity and debt capital. As a result, we may not have the ability to obtain adequate capital to maintain and expand our business.

The financial difficulties or bankruptcy of one or more of our major clients could adversely affect our results.

Future  revenue  and  our  ability  to  collect  accounts  receivable  depend  in  part  on  the  financial  strength  of  our  clients.  We  estimate  an  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts,  which 
adversely impacts profitability. In the event that any of our clients experience financial difficulty, become unable to obtain financing or seek bankruptcy protection, our profitability 
could be impacted by our inability to collect accounts receivable in excess of the estimated allowance. Additionally, our future revenue could be reduced by the loss of any such 
clients or by the cancellation of contracts by clients in bankruptcy.

The sureties for our performance bond program may elect not to provide us with new or renewal performance bonds for any reason.

As is customary in the industry, a surety provider can refuse to provide a bond principal with new or renewal surety bonds. If any existing or future surety provider refuses to 
provide us with surety bonds, either generally or because we are unwilling or unable to post collateral at levels sufficient to satisfy the surety's requirements, we may not be able 
to find alternate providers on acceptable terms, or at all. Our inability to provide surety bonds could also result in the loss of 

14

 
 
Table of Contents

existing contracts. Failure to find a provider of surety bonds, and our resulting inability to bid for new contracts or renew existing contracts, could have a material adverse effect 
on our business and financial condition.

General risk factors

Our business success depends on retaining senior management and attracting and retaining qualified personnel.

Our future performance depends on the continuing services and contributions of our senior management to execute on our acquisition and growth strategies and to identify and 
pursue new opportunities. Our future success also depends, in large part, on our continued ability to attract and retain qualified personnel. Any unplanned turnover in senior
management or the inability to attract and retain qualified personnel could have a negative effect on our results of operations.

Additionally,  we  must  attract,  train  and  retain  a  large  and  growing  number  of  qualified  employees  while  controlling  labor  costs.  Our  ability  to  control  labor  costs  is  subject  to 
numerous internal and external factors, including changes in immigration policy, regulatory changes, prevailing wage rates, and competition we face from other companies to 
attract and retain qualified employees. We may not be able to attract and retain qualified employees in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition and results of operations.

Climate change may have a long-term impact on our business.

There are inherent climate-related risks wherever our business is conducted. Changes in market dynamics, stakeholder expectations, local, national and international climate 
change  policies,  and  the  frequency  and  intensity  of  extreme  weather  events  on  critical  infrastructure  in  the  United  States  and  abroad,  all  have  the  potential  to  disrupt  our 
business.  Such  events  could  result  in  a  significant  increase  in  our  costs  and  expenses  and  harm  our  future  revenue,  cash  flows  and  financial  performance.  Global  climate 
change is resulting, and may continue to result, in certain natural disasters and adverse weather, such as droughts, wildfires, storms, sea-levels rising and flooding, occurring 
more  frequently  or  with  greater  intensity,  which  could  cause  business  disruptions  and  impact  employees’  abilities  to  commute  to  work  or  to  work  from  home  effectively. 
Government failure to address climate change could result in greater exposure to economic and other risks from climate change and impact our ability to achieve climate goals.

Actions of activist investors could disrupt our business.

Public  companies  have  been  the  target  of  activist  investors,  including,  in  particular,  during  times  of  economic  and  market  turmoil.  In  the  event  that  a  third-party,  such  as  an 
activist investor, proposes to change our governance policies, Board of Directors (the "Board") or other aspects of our business, our review and consideration of such proposals 
may  create  a  significant  distraction  for  our  management  and  employees.  This  could  negatively  impact  our  ability  to  execute  our  long-term  growth  plan  and  may  require  our 
management to expend significant time and resources responding to such proposals. Such proposals may also create uncertainties with respect to our financial position and 
operations and may adversely affect our ability to attract and retain key employees.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 1C. Cybersecurity

We maintain an information security and cybersecurity program as part of our overall risk management program. Our information security and cybersecurity program is managed 
by  a  dedicated  Chief  Information  Security  Officer  (“CISO”),  who  reports  to  our  Chief  Financial  Officer  ("CFO").  Our  CISO  has  extensive  expertise  and  eighteen  years  of 
experience in information security. In addition, the CISO’s team is responsible for leading the enterprise-wide information security and cybersecurity strategy, policy, standards, 
architecture and processes. Our information security and cybersecurity program identifies and prioritizes risks to appropriately analyze and manage our potential cyber-related 
threats. The CISO provides periodic, or as needed, reports regarding risks from cybersecurity threats to the Audit Committee (the “AC”) of the Board, as well as the Security 
Executive  Committee,  which  includes  our  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  ("CEO"),  CFO  and  other  executive  leadership.  These  reports  include  updates  on  our 
cybersecurity risks, the status of projects to strengthen our information security systems, assessments of the information security program and the emerging threat landscape. 
The CISO is responsible for leading the day-to-day assessment, identification and management of cybersecurity risks, while the Board, as a whole and through the AC, has 
responsibility for the oversight of risk management, including cybersecurity risk. The Board, in its risk oversight role, is responsible for determining that the risk management 
framework and supporting processes as implemented by management are adequate and functioning as designed. The Board is actively involved in the oversight of key risks 
inherent in our business and routinely reviews our strategic plan and the related key risks, including the output of our enterprise risk management process, which includes risks 
related to cybersecurity.

In addition to the CISO’s and Security Executive Committee's review, cybersecurity risks are regularly assessed by two other internal information security sub-committees, as 
well as a third-party security consultant. The results of those reviews are reported to our Security Executive Committee, the AC and the Board. The third-party security 
consultant discussed above has extensive industry expertise in security and risk management. In addition, as part of our cybersecurity program, we evaluate all of our third-party 
vendors for any material cybersecurity risks and only contract with third-party vendors that have the controls that we believe are appropriate to have in place to protect against 
cybersecurity risks and threats. As of the date of this report, we are not aware of any material risks from cybersecurity threats that have materially affected or are reasonably 
likely to materially affect us, including our business strategy, results of operations or financial condition. See Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors of this Form 10-K under the heading 
“Risk Factors” for further discussion.

Item 2. Properties

Our principal support office is located at 200 East Randolph Street, Suite 7700, Chicago, Illinois 60601.

Principal Properties as of December 31, 2023

Location
Chicago, Illinois 
Nashville, Tennessee

(1)

Character of Office
Chicago Support Office
Nashville Support Office

Approximate Square Feet

35,000    
25,000    

Lease Expiration Date
September 2025
June 2025

Segment
Other
Other

(1)

During the year ended December 31, 2020, 6,000 square feet of office space was vacated.

In addition to the above properties, we have other offices, warehouses and parking facilities in various locations in the United States, Canada, Puerto Rico, the United Kingdom 
and India.

We believe that these properties are well maintained, in good operating condition and suitable for the purposes for which they are used.

15

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

General

We  are  subject  to  claims  and  litigation  in  the  normal  course  of  our  business,  including  those  related  to  labor  and  employment,  contracts,  personal  injury  and  other  related 
matters, some of which allege substantial monetary damages and claims. Some of these actions may be brought as class actions on behalf of a class or purported class of 
employees. While the outcomes of claims and legal proceedings brought against us are subject to uncertainty, we believe the final outcome will not have a material adverse 
effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

We accrue a charge when we determine that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. 
When a loss is probable, we record an accrual based on the reasonably estimable loss or range of loss. When no point of loss is more likely than another, we record the lowest 
amount in the estimated range of loss and, if material, disclose the estimated range. We do not record liabilities for reasonably possible loss contingencies, but do disclose a 
range of reasonably possible losses if they are material and we are able to estimate such a range. If we cannot provide a range of reasonably possible losses, we explain the 
factors that prevent us from determining such a range. We regularly evaluate current information available to determine whether an accrual should be established or adjusted. 
Estimating the probability that a loss will occur and estimating the amount of a loss or a range of loss involves significant estimation and judgment.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

16

 
 
Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC under the symbol "SP".

Holders

As of February 13, 2024, we estimate that there were approximately 9,700 registered holders of our common stock.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

On  February  14,  2023,  our  Board  approved  a  new  stock  repurchase  plan  authorizing  us  to  repurchase,  on  the  open  market,  shares  of  our  outstanding  common  stock  in  an 
amount not to exceed $60.0 million in aggregate.

As of December 31, 2023, $60.2 million remained available for repurchase under our May 2022 and February 2023 stock repurchase programs. Repurchases of our common 
stock may be made in open market transactions effected through a broker-dealer at prevailing market prices, in block trades, or by other means in accordance with the Rules 
10b-18, to the extent relied upon, and 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act at the time and prices considered to be appropriate at our discretion. The stock repurchase program does 
not obligate us to repurchase any particular amount of common stock and has no fixed termination date, and may be suspended at any time at our discretion.

As a condition of the Merger Agreement, beginning on October 4, 2023, we were restricted from repurchasing our common stock.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

We have an amended and restated long-term incentive plan (the "Plan") that was adopted in conjunction with our initial public offering in 2004. On March 26, 2021, our Board 
approved  an  amendment  and  restatement  of  the  Plan  that  increased  the  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  available  under  the  Plan  from  3,775,000  to  4,775,000.  Our 
stockholders approved the Plan amendment and restatement on May 12, 2021. Under the Plan, we have granted stock options, stock grants and issued restricted stock units 
(“RSU’s”)  and  performance  stock  units  (“PSU’s”)  awards  to  certain  employees.  Forfeited  and  expired  options  under  the  Plan  generally  become  available  for  reissuance. 
Additional information regarding the Plan appears in Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices and Note 6. Stock-Based Compensation to our Consolidated Financial 
Statements.

The status of the Plan as of December 31, 2023 was as follows:

Number of
Securities
Remaining
Available
for Future
Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation
Plans
(Excluding
Securities
Reflected in
Column A)

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants
and
Rights (Column B)

—    
—    
—    

832,273  
—  
832,273  

Number of
Securities to be
Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants
and
Rights (Column A)

610,955  
—  
610,955  

Plan Category
Equity compensation plans approved by securities holders (a)
Equity compensation plans not approved by securities holders
Total

a)

Securities to be issued comprise of 290,787 RSU’s and 320,206 PSU’s. The weighted average exercise price does not take these awards into account. There were no stock options or grants outstanding 
as of December 31, 2023.

17

 
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Stock Performance Graph

Company / Index
  $
SP Plus Corporation
S&P 500 Index
  $
S&P SmallCap 600 Commercial & Professional Services   $

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

100.00  
100.00  
100.00  

  $
  $
  $

143.64     $
131.49     $
128.41     $

97.60     $
155.68     $
121.80     $

95.53     $
200.37     $
144.16     $

117.54     $
164.08     $
124.98     $

173.49  
207.21  
142.05  

Years Ended December 31,

The performance graph above shows the cumulative total stockholder return of our common stock for the period starting on December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2023. This 
performance  is  compared  with  the  cumulative  total  returns  over  the  same  period  of  the  Standard  &  Poor's  (“S&P”)  500  Index  and  the  S&P  SmallCap  600  Commercial  and 
Professional Services Index, which includes our direct competitor, ABM Industries Incorporated. The graph assumes that on December 31, 2018, $100 was invested in each of 
the  other  two  indices,  and  assumes  reinvestment  of  dividends.  The  stock  performance  shown  in  the  graph  represents  past  performance  and  should  not  be  considered  an 
indication of future performance.

Item 6. [Reserved]

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and other parts of this Form 10-K contain forward-looking statements, 
within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, that involve risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements provide current expectations of future 
events based on certain assumptions and include any statement that does not directly relate to any historical or current fact. Forward-looking statements can also be identified 
by words such as "future," "anticipates," "believes," "estimates," "expects," "intends," "plans," "predicts," "will," "would," "could," "can," "may," and similar terms. Forward-looking 
statements  are  not  guarantees  of  future  performance,  and  SP  Plus  Corporation’s  (“we”,  "us"  or  "our")  actual  results  may  differ  significantly  from  the  results  discussed  in  the 
forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in Part I, Item 1A. "Risk Factors" of this Form 10-K, which 
are incorporated herein by reference. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto included in Part IV, 
Item 15. "Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules" of this Form 10-K. Each of the terms "We" and "Our" as used herein refers collectively to SP Plus Corporation and its 
wholly-owned subsidiaries, unless otherwise stated. We assume no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements for any reason, except as required by law. 

A discussion regarding our financial condition and results of operations for the year-ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year-ended December 31, 2021 can be found in 
Part II Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 
31, 2022 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 24, 2023.

Recent Developments

On October 4, 2023, we entered into the Merger Agreement by and among us, Metropolis and the Merger Sub. See Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices within 
the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

General Overview

As of December 31, 2023, in our Commercial segment, we operated approximately 88% of our locations under management type contracts and 12% under lease type contracts, 
while in our Aviation segment, we served 159 airports across North America and Europe.

In evaluating our financial condition and operating performance, our primary area of focus is on our operating income. Revenue from lease type contracts includes all gross 
customer  collections  derived  from  our  leased  locations  (net  of  local  taxes),  whereas  revenue  from  management  type  contracts  only  includes  our  contractually  agreed  upon 
management fees and amounts attributable to ancillary services. Gross customer collections at facilities under management type contracts, therefore, are not included in our 
revenue. Accordingly, while a change in the proportion of our operating agreements that are structured as lease type contracts may cause significant fluctuations in reported 
revenue and cost of services, our operating income under lease type contracts will be comparable to the operating income under management type contracts.

We  believe  that  sophisticated  clients  recognize  the  potential  for  technology-driven  mobility  solutions,  parking  services,  parking  management,  ground  transportation  services, 
baggage handling services and other ancillary services to be a profit generator and/or a service differentiator to their customers. By outsourcing these services, our clients are 
able  to  capture  additional  profit  and  improve  customer  experiences  by  leveraging  the  unique  technology,  operational  skills  and  controls  that  an  experienced  services  and 
technology solutions provider can offer. Our ability to consistently deliver a uniformly high level of services to our clients, including the use of various technology solutions and 
enhancements, allows us to maximize the profit and/or customer experience for our clients and improves our ability to win contracts and retain existing clients. Our focus on 
customer  service  and  satisfaction  is  a  key  driver  of  our  high  retention  rate,  which  was  approximately  94%  and  93%  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023  and  2022, 
respectively, for our Commercial segment facilities.

Commercial Segment Facilities

The following table reflects our Commercial facilities (by contractual type) operated on the dates indicated:

Managed facilities
Leased facilities
Total Commercial segment facilities

The increase as of December 31, 2023 included 22 unique facilities added as a result of the acquisition of Roker.

Aviation Segment - Airports Served

The following table reflects the number of airports where at least one of our services is provided as of the dates indicated:

North America
Europe
Total Airports

19

December 31,

2023

2022

2,979    
405    
3,384    

2,709  
421  
3,130  

December 31,

2023

2022

101    
58    
159    

100  
58  
158  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Revenue

We recognize services revenue from our contracts and certain fees for using our technology-driven mobility solutions as the related services are provided. Substantially all of our 
revenue comes from the following two sources:

Management type contracts. Consists of management fees, including fixed, variable and/or performance-based fees, and in some cases e-commerce technology fees, customer 
convenience fees and monthly subscription fees related to the use of our technology solutions and amounts attributable to ancillary services such as accounting, equipment 
leasing, baggage services, payments received for exercising termination rights, consulting, developmental fees, gains on sales of contracts, insurance and other value-added 
services.  We  believe  we  generally  can  purchase  required  insurance  at  lower  rates  than  our  clients  can  obtain  on  their  own  because  we  effectively  self-insure  for  all  liability,
worker’s  compensation  and  health  care  claims  by  maintaining  a  large  per-claim  deductible.  As  a  result,  we  generate  operating  income  on  the  insurance  provided  under  our
management type contracts by focusing on our risk management efforts and controlling losses. Management type contract revenues do not include gross customer collections, 
as those revenues belong to the client rather than to us. Management type contracts generally provide us with a management fee regardless of the operating performance of the 
underlying facility. In addition, management type contract revenue includes revenue related to our other aviation services. Other aviation services include our baggage delivery, 
curbside concierge, remote airline check-in and other miscellaneous services provided to our airport and airline clients. 

Lease  type  contracts.  Consists  of  all  revenue  received  at  lease  type  locations,  including  gross  receipts  (net  of  local  taxes),  e-commerce  technology  fees  and  customer 
convenience  fees.  As  discussed  in  Note  4. Revenue  within  the  Notes  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  revenue  from  lease  type  contracts  includes  a  reduction  for 
certain expenses (primarily rent expense) related to service concession arrangements.

Reimbursed Management Type Contract Revenue. Consists of the direct reimbursement from the client for operating expenses incurred under a management type contract.

Cost of Services (Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization) 

Our cost of services consists of the following:

Management type contracts. Expenses under a management type contract are generally the responsibility of the client. As a result, these costs are not included in our cost of 
services. However, "reverse" management type contracts, which typically provide for larger management fees, do require us to pay for certain costs, which are included in cost 
of services. In addition, certain costs related to providing our other aviation and ancillary services are included in cost of services.

Lease type contracts. Consists of contractual rents or fees paid to the client and all operating expenses incurred in connection with operating the leased facility. Contractual 
rents or fees paid to the client are generally based on either a fixed contractual amount, a percentage of gross revenue or a combination thereof. Generally, under a lease type 
arrangement we are not responsible for major capital expenditures or real estate taxes. 

Reimbursed Management Type Contract Expense. Consists of directly reimbursed costs incurred on behalf of a client under a management type contract.

Gross Profit

Gross profit equals our revenue less the cost of generating such revenue (“cost of services”), lease impairment and depreciation and amortization expenses related to cost of 
services activities.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses include salaries, wages, incentive compensation, stock-based compensation, payroll taxes, insurance, travel and office related expenses 
for our headquarters, field offices and supervisory employees. Additionally, acquisition-related expenses are included in general and administrative expenses.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation is determined using a straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the various asset classes, or in the case of leasehold improvements, over the term of 
the operating lease or its useful life, whichever is shorter. Intangible assets determined to have finite lives, usually acquired through the acquisition of businesses, are amortized 
over their remaining estimated useful lives.

Operating Income

Operating income represents revenue less cost of services, general and administrative expense and depreciation and amortization. This is the key metric our Chief Operating 
Decision Maker (“CODM”) uses for making decisions, assessing performance and allocating resources to our Operating Segments, Commercial and Aviation.

Segments

An operating segment is defined as a component of an enterprise that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenue and incur expenses, and about which 
separate financial information is regularly evaluated by the CODM. The CODM is our CEO. The CODM uses this separate discrete financial information by segment to allocate 
resources and assess performance, primarily based on operating income.

Our operating segments are Commercial and Aviation, which are described below.

•

•

Commercial  encompasses  our  services  in  healthcare  facilities,  municipalities,  including  meter  revenue  collection  and  enforcement  services,  government  facilities, 
hotels,  commercial  real  estate,  residential  communities,  retail,  colleges  and  universities,  as  well  as  ancillary  services  such  as  providing  technology-driven  mobility 
solutions,  shuttle  and  ground  transportation  services,  valet  services,  taxi  and  livery  dispatch  services  and  event  planning,  including  shuttle  and  transportation 
services.

Aviation encompasses our services in aviation (e.g., airports, airline and certain hospitality clients with baggage and parking services), as well as ancillary services, 
which  includes  shuttle  and  ground  transportation  services,  valet  services,  baggage  handling,  baggage  repair  and  replacement,  remote  air  check-in  services, 
wheelchair assist services and other services, as well as providing technology-driven mobility solutions.

The  Other  segment  includes  costs  related  to  our  operational  support  teams  and  common  and  shared  infrastructure,  including  finance,  accounting,  information  technology, 
human resources, procurement, legal and corporate development. 

20

 
 
Table of Contents

Analysis of Results of Operations

New business relates to contracts that started during the current period. Contract terminations relate to contracts that have expired or terminated early during the current period 
but where we were operating the business in the prior year.

Acquisition-related, restructuring and other costs include expenses related to the proposed merger with Metropolis, compensation expenses related to organizational changes, 
acquisition-related expenses, including integration expenses related to our recent acquisitions, and severance and other costs primarily related to workforce reductions.

2023 Compared to 2022

Consolidated results during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, included the following notable items:

(millions)
Services revenue
Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
General and administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization
Operating income
Interest expense
Income tax expense
Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation

(1)

(1)

Included lease impairment of $3.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2022.

Services revenue increased by $228.8 million, or 14.7%, attributable to the following:

  $

December 31,

Variance

2023

2022

Amount

%

  $

1,782.3  
1,528.3  
140.4  
36.1  
77.5  
29.1  
14.0  
31.1  

1,553.5     $
1,331.8    
109.1    
29.7    
82.9    
17.7    
17.5    
45.2    

228.8      
196.5      
31.3      
6.4      
(5.4 )    
11.4      
(3.5 )    
(14.1 )    

14.7 %
14.8 %
28.7 %
21.5 %
(6.5 )%
64.4 %
(20.0 )%
(31.2 )%

•

•

•

Services revenue for management type contracts increased $71.3 million, or 13.7%, primarily due to an increase in activity associated with volume related to our 
baggage delivery businesses and other volume-based management type contracts as a result of continued recovery in travel and fewer restrictions on mobility, as 
well as increased volume related to other aviation services, new business and revenue from acquisitions of $4.5 million, partially offset by terminations.

Services revenue for lease type contracts increased $17.5 million, or 6.3%, primarily due to an increase in transient and monthly parking revenue as a result of the 
continued  recovery  in  travel  and  fewer  restrictions  on  mobility  and  new  business,  partially  offset  by  terminations  and  lower  cost  concessions  related  to  service 
concession arrangements of $11.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to $12.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2022.

Reimbursed  management  type  contract  revenue  was  $899.1  million  and  $759.1  million  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  respectively.  The 
$140.0 million increase in reimbursed management type contract revenue was primarily due to the continued recovery in travel and fewer restrictions on mobility, 
new business and revenue from acquisitions of $2.0 million, partially offset by terminations.

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) increased by $196.5 million, or 14.8%, attributable to the following:

•

•

•

•

Cost  of  services  (exclusive  of  depreciation  and  amortization)  for  management  type  contracts  increased  $45.4  million,  or  13.2%,  primarily  due  to  higher  operating 
costs as a result of the continued recovery in travel and fewer restrictions on mobility related to our baggage delivery businesses, reverse management contracts 
and other aviation related services, as well as new business and acquisitions, partially offset by terminations.

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) for lease type contracts increased $14.8 million, or 6.6%, primarily due to higher operating costs as a 
result  of  the  continued  recovery  in  travel  and  fewer  restrictions  on  mobility,  new  business  and  lower  cost  concessions  related  to  rent  concessions  of  $4.1  million 
during the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to $6.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, partially offset by terminations.

We recognized $3.7 million of impairment charges related to operating lease ROU assets during the year ended December 31, 2022.

Reimbursed  management  type  contract  expense  was  $899.1  million  and  $759.1  million  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  respectively.  The 
$140.0  million  increase  in  reimbursed  management  type  contract  cost  of  services  was  primarily  due  to  the  continued  recovery  in  travel  and  fewer  restrictions  on 
mobility, new business and acquisitions of $2.0 million, partially offset by terminations.

General and administrative expenses increased $31.3 million, or 28.7%, primarily due to higher compensation and non-cash stock-based compensation expenses and higher 
acquisition-related, restructuring and other costs of $18.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to $3.7 million during the year ended December 31, 
2022, as well as our continued investment in business development, technology deployment and growth initiatives.

Depreciation and amortization expenses increased $6.4 million, or 21.5%, primarily due to the amortization of other intangible assets related to the recent acquisitions and our 
continued investment in technology and growth initiatives.

Our effective tax rate was 28.7% and 26.7% during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The increase in the effective tax rate is primarily due to certain 
non-deductible expenses as a result of the proposed merger with Metropolis.

The following tables summarize our revenues (excluding reimbursed management type contract revenue), gross profit, general and administrative expenses, depreciation and 
amortization, and operating income (expense) by segment during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

21

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Commercial

(millions)
Services revenue

Management type contracts
Lease type contracts
Total services revenue
Gross profit

Management type contracts
Lease type contracts
Lease impairment
Depreciation and amortization

Total gross profit
General and administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization
Operating income
(1)

(1)

Commercial

Variance

2023

2022

Amount

%

  $

  $

  $

307.7  
277.8  
585.5  

138.9  
47.8  
—  
(8.3 )  

178.4  
36.6  
6.8  
135.0  

  $

276.8     $
261.7    
538.5    

123.4    
44.7    
(3.7 )  
(7.9 )  
156.5    
29.3    
5.2    
122.0     $

30.9      
16.1      
47.0      

15.5      
3.1      
3.7      
(0.4 )    
21.9      
7.3      
1.6      
13.0      

11.2 %
6.2 %
8.7 %

12.6 %
6.9 %
100.0 %
(5.1 )%
14.0 %
24.9 %
30.8 %
10.7 %

Primarily related to amortization of intangible assets and general and administrative depreciation and amortization.

Gross Profit

•

•

•

•

Management type contracts. Gross profit increased $15.5 million, or 12.6%, to $138.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to $123.4 million 
during the year ended December 31, 2022. Gross profit increased primarily due to an increase in activity associated with volume-based management type contracts 
as a result of the continued recovery in travel and fewer restrictions on mobility and new business, partially offset by terminations.

Lease type contracts. Gross profit increased $3.1 million, or 6.9%, to $47.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to $44.7 million during the 
year ended December 31, 2022. Gross profit increased primarily due to increases in transient and monthly parking revenue as a result of the continued recovery in 
travel  and  fewer  restrictions  on  mobility  and  new  business,  partially  offset  by  lower  cost  concessions  related  to  rent  concessions  and  service  concession 
arrangements of $4.1 million and $7.4 million, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to $6.2 million and $7.5 million, respectively, 
during the year ended December 31, 2022, as well as terminations.

Lease impairment. We recognized $3.7 million of impairment charges related to operating lease ROU assets during the year ended December 31, 2022.

Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expenses increased $0.4 million, or 5.1%, to $8.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, 
compared to $7.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2022.

General and administrative expenses increased $7.3 million, or 24.9%, to $36.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to $29.3 million during the year 
ended December 31, 2022. The increase was primarily related to higher compensation and non-cash stock-based compensation expenses, as well as higher restructuring and 
other costs of $3.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to $0.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2022 and our continued investments in 
growth initiatives.

Operating Income increased $13.0 million, or 10.7%, to $135.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to $122.0 million during the year ended December 
31,  2022,  primarily  due  to  the  factors  noted  above,  partially  offset  by  increased  amortization  expenses  related  to  the  other  intangible  assets  acquired  as  a  result  of  the 
acquisitions of DIVRT and Roker.

22

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Aviation

(millions)
Services revenue

Management type contracts
Lease type contracts
Total services revenue
Gross profit

Management type contracts
Lease type contracts
Depreciation and amortization

Total gross profit
General and administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization
Operating income
(1)

(1)

Aviation

Variance

2023

2022

Amount

%

  $

  $

  $

282.3  
15.4  
297.7  

62.5  
4.8  
(6.1 )  
61.2  
17.2  
6.1  
37.9  

  $

241.9     $
14.0    
255.9    

52.1    
5.2    
(5.8 )  
51.5    
12.6    
5.4    
33.5     $

40.4      
1.4      
41.8      

10.4      
(0.4 )    
(0.3 )    
9.7      
4.6      
0.7      
4.4      

16.7 %
10.0 %
16.3 %

20.0 %
(7.7 )%
(5.2 )%
18.8 %
36.5 %
13.0 %
13.1 %

Primarily related to amortization of intangible assets and general and administrative depreciation and amortization.

Gross Profit

•

•

•

Management type contracts. Gross profit increased $10.4 million, or 20.0%, to $62.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to $52.1 million 
during the year ended December 31, 2022. Gross profit increased primarily due to an increase in activity associated with volume-based management type contracts 
as a result of the continued recovery in travel and fewer restrictions on mobility, increased activity related to other aviation services, as well as new business and 
acquisitions, partially offset by terminations.

Lease type contracts. Gross profit decreased $0.4 million, or 7.7%, to $4.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to $5.2 million during the 
year ended December 31, 2022. Gross profit decreased primarily due to lower cost concessions related to service concession arrangements of $3.7 during the year 
ended  December  31,  2023  as  compared  to  $4.5  million  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022  and  terminations,  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  transient 
revenue as a result of the continued recovery in travel and fewer restrictions on mobility.

Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expenses increased $0.3 million, or 5.2%, to $6.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, 
compared to $5.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2022. 

General and administrative expenses increased $4.6 million, or 36.5%, to $17.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to $12.6 million during the year 
ended December 31, 2022 primarily due to our continued investments in growth initiatives, as well as higher restructuring and other costs of $2.0 million during the year ended 
December 31, 2023 as compared to a benefit of $0.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2022.

Operating Income increased $4.4 million, or 13.1%, to $37.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to $33.5 million during the year ended December 31, 
2022, primarily related to the factors noted above, partially offset by increased amortization expenses related to the other intangible assets acquired as a result of the acquisition 
of KMP.

Other

Operating expenses within the Other segment increased $22.8 million, or 31.4%, to $95.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to $72.6 million during 
the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  primarily  due  to  higher  acquisition-related,  restructuring  and  other  costs  of  $12.6  million  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  as 
compared to $3.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, as well as higher compensation and non-cash stock-based compensation expenses and our continued
investments in business development, technology deployment and growth initiatives.

Analysis of Financial Condition

Liquidity and Capital Resources

General

We  continually  project  anticipated  cash  requirements  for  our  operating,  investing  and  financing  needs,  as  well  as  cash  flows  generated  from  operating  activities  available  to 
meet  these  needs.  Our  operating  needs  can  include,  among  other  items,  commitments  for  cost  of  services,  operating  leases,  payroll,  insurance  claims,  interest  and  legal 
settlements. Our investing and financing spending can include payments for acquired businesses or assets, joint ventures, capital expenditures, distributions to noncontrolling 
interests, stock repurchases and payments on our outstanding indebtedness.

As of December 31, 2023, we had $19.1 million of cash and cash equivalents and $227.5 million of borrowing availability under our Senior Credit Facility (as defined in Note 11. 
Borrowing Arrangements within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements). We believe we will be able to generate sufficient liquidity to satisfy our obligations and 
remain in compliance with our existing debt covenants for the next twelve months.

Outstanding Indebtedness

As of December 31, 2023, we had total indebtedness of approximately $352.1 million, an increase of $7.9 million from $344.2 million as of December 31, 2022. The $352.1 
million included:

•

•

$326.9 million under our Senior Credit Facility; and

$25.2 million of other debt, primarily related to finance lease obligations.

23

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2023, we were in compliance with our debt covenants under the Amended Credit Agreement (as defined in Note 11. Borrowing Arrangements within the 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements). 

As of December 31, 2023, we had $36.9 million of letters of credit outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility and borrowings against the Senior Credit Facility aggregated to 
$329.5 million.

The weighted average interest rate on our Senior Credit Facility was 6.5% and 5.6% during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. That rate included the 
letters of credit for both years and the interest rate collars during the year ended December 31, 2022. The weighted average interest rate on all outstanding borrowings, not 
including letters of credit, was 7.0% and 6.0% during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  we  incurred  approximately  $2.5  million  for  fees  and  other  customary  closing  costs  in  connection  with  the  Amended  Credit 
Agreement.

Stock Repurchases

In February 2023, our Board authorized us to repurchase, on the open market, shares of our outstanding common stock in an amount not to exceed $60.0 million in aggregate.

In  May  2022,  our  Board  authorized  us  to  repurchase,  on  the  open  market,  shares  of  our  outstanding  common  stock  in  an  amount  not  to  exceed  $60.0  million  in  aggregate. 
During the year ended December 31, 2023, we repurchased 285,700 shares of common stock at an average price of $36.53 under this program. As of December 31, 2023, $0.2 
million remained available for repurchase under this program.

As  of  December  31,  2023,  $60.2  million  remained  available  for  repurchase  under  the  May  2022  and  February  2023  stock  repurchase  programs.  Under  the  programs, 
repurchases of our common stock may be made in open market transactions effected through a broker-dealer at prevailing market prices, in block trades or by other means in 
accordance  with  Rules  10b-18,  to  the  extent  relied  upon,  and  10b5-1  under  the  Exchange  Act  at  times  and  prices  considered  to  be  appropriate  at  our  discretion.  The  stock 
repurchase  programs  do  not  obligate  us  to  repurchase  any  particular  amount  of  common  stock,  have  no  fixed  termination  date,  and  may  be  suspended  at  any  time  at  our 
discretion. 

As a condition of the Merger Agreement, beginning on October 4, 2023, we are restricted from repurchasing our common stock.

Stock repurchase activity under the May 2022 stock repurchase program during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 was as follows:

(millions, except for share and per share data)
Total number of shares repurchased
Average price paid per share
Total value of common stock repurchased

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

  $
  $

285,700  
36.53  
10.4  

  $
  $

1,474,300  
33.47  
49.4  

The remaining authorized repurchase amount under the May 2022 and February 2023 repurchase programs as of December 31, 2023 was as follows:

(millions)
Total authorized repurchase amount
Total value of shares repurchased
Total remaining authorized repurchase amount

Letters of Credit

December 31, 2023

$

$

120.0  
59.8  
60.2  

We provided letters of credit totaling $30.9 million and $30.8 million to our casualty insurance carriers to collateralize our casualty insurance program as of December 31, 2023 
and 2022, respectively.

We provided $6.5 million and $7.7 million in letters of credit to collateralize other obligations as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Interest Rate Collars

In May 2019, we entered into three-year interest rate collar contracts with an aggregate notional amount of $222.3 million. The interest rate collar contracts matured in April 
2022.  The  interest  rate  collars  were  used  to  manage  interest  rate  risk  associated  with  variable  interest  rate  borrowings  under  the  Credit  Agreement  (as  defined  in  Note  11. 
Borrowing Arrangements within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements). The interest rate collars established a range where we paid the counterparties if the one-
month London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") fell below the established floor rate, and the counterparties paid us if the one-month LIBOR exceeded the established ceiling 
rate of 2.5%. The interest rate collars settled monthly through the maturity date. No payments or receipts were exchanged on the interest rate collar contracts unless interest 
rates rose above or fell below the pre-determined ceiling or floor rates. The notional amount amortized consistently with the term loan portion of the Senior Credit Facility under 
the  Credit  Agreement  prior  to  the  third  amendment  to  the  Credit  Agreement  (the  “Third  Amendment”).  The  fair  value  of  the  interest  rate  collars  was  a  Level  2  fair  value 
measurement, as the fair value was determined based on quoted prices of similar instruments in active markets.

On May 6, 2020, concurrent with entering into the Third Amendment, we de-designated the interest rate collars. Prior to de-designation, the effective portion of the change in the 
fair value of the interest rate collars was reported in Accumulated other comprehensive loss. Upon de-designation, the balance in Accumulated other comprehensive loss was
being reclassified to Other expense within the Consolidated Statements of Income on a straight-line basis through April 2022, which was over the remaining life for which the 
interest  rate  collars  had  previously  been  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges.  Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  interest  rate  collars  after  de-designation  were  included  in  Other 
expense within the Consolidated Statements of Income. During the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, $0.8 million and $2.5 million, respectively, was paid in interest 
related to the interest rate collars.

We do not enter into derivative instruments for any speculative purposes.

Daily Cash Collections

As  a  result  of  day-to-day  activity  at  our  parking  locations,  we  collect  significant  amounts  of  cash.  Lease  type  contract  revenue  is  generally  deposited  into  our  local  bank 
accounts, with a portion remitted to our clients in the form of rental payments based on the terms of the leases. Under management type contracts, clients may require us to 
deposit the daily receipts into one of our local bank accounts, with the cash in excess of our operating expenses and management fees remitted to the clients at negotiated 
intervals. Other clients may require us to deposit the daily receipts into client designated bank accounts and the clients then reimburse us for operating expenses and pay our 
management fee subsequent to month-end. In addition, our clients may require segregated bank accounts for receipts and 

24

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

disbursements. Our working capital and liquidity may be adversely affected if a significant number of our clients require us to deposit all parking revenues into their respective 
accounts.

Our liquidity also fluctuates on an intra-month and intra-year basis depending on the contract mix and timing of significant cash payments. Additionally, our ability to utilize cash 
deposited into our local accounts is dependent upon the availability and movement of that cash into our corporate accounts. For all these reasons, from time to time, we carry a 
significant cash balance, while also utilizing our Senior Credit Facility.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We  had  cash  and  cash  equivalents  of  $19.1  million  and  $12.4  million  as  of  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  respectively.  The  cash  balances  reflect  our  ability  to  utilize  funds 
deposited into our bank accounts. Availability, timing of deposits and the subsequent movement of cash into our corporate bank accounts may result in significant changes to 
our cash balances.

Summary of Cash Flows

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows from operating activities and availability under our Senior Credit Facility. Our cash flows during the years ended December 31, 
2023, 2022 and 2021 were as follows:

(millions)
Net cash provided by operating activities
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash used in financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Operating Activities

  $

2023

Years ended December 31,
2022

2021

55.8     $
(26.6 )  
(22.3 )  
(0.2 )  
6.7    

93.3     $
(54.0 )  
(42.4 )  
(0.2 )  
(3.3 )  

53.4  
(9.1 )
(42.4 )
(0.1 )
1.8  

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased $37.5 million to $55.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2023 from $93.3 million during the year ended December 
31, 2022. The decrease resulted from the payment of $21.7 million of acquisition-related, restructuring and other costs, primarily related to the proposed merger with Metropolis, 
and per the terms of the Merger Agreement, certain incentive compensation earned in 2023, which usually would be paid in 2024, during the year ended December 31, 2023. In 
addition, the decrease related to the receipt of the $20.5 million U.S. Federal income tax refund during the year ended December 31, 2022, as well as higher interest payments 
during the year ended December 31, 2023 of $27.7 million as compared to $16.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, partially offset by growth in the business 
and improved working capital.

Net cash provided by operating activities increased $39.9 million to $93.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2022 from $53.4 million during the year ended December 
31, 2021. The increase primarily resulted from higher operating income, net of non-cash related items, due to improving business conditions, as well as the receipt of the $20.5 
million  U.S.  Federal  income  tax  refund  related  to  our  ability  to  carry  back  our  2020  U.S.  Federal  NOL  and  lower  interest  payments,  partially  offset  by  the  payment  of 
performance-based compensation and higher income tax installment payments during the year ended December 31, 2022.

Investing Activities

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  was  $26.6  million  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  a  decrease  of  $27.4  million  from  $54.0  million  during  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2022. The decrease was primarily due to the acquisitions of businesses and other intangible assets, net of cash acquired, of $3.1 million during the year ended 
December 31, 2023 as compared to $32.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, as well as the noncontrolling interest buyout of $2.4 million during the year ended 
December 31, 2023.

Net cash used in investing activities was $54.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, an increase of $44.9 million from $9.1 million during the year ended December 
31, 2021. The increase was primarily due to the acquisitions of businesses and other intangible assets, net of cash acquired, of $32.3 million during the year ended December 
31, 2022. Cash used to purchase property and equipment, primarily related to our investments in internal-use software, was $21.9 million during the year ended December 31, 
2022 as compared to $9.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, reflecting our continued investment in technology initiatives during the year ended December 31, 
2022. 

Financing Activities

Net  cash  used  in  financing  activities  was  $22.3  million  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  a  decrease  of  $20.1  million  from  $42.4  million  during  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2022. The decrease was primarily related to the $11.1 million purchase of common stock during the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to $48.7 million 
during the year ended December 31, 2022, partially offset by borrowings under our Senior Credit Facility during the year ended December 31, 2022 that were used, in addition 
to cash on hand, to fund the acquisitions noted above and $5.8 million related to payments of withholding taxes on share-based compensation during the year ended December 
31, 2023. 

Net cash used in financing activities was $42.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. During the year ended December 31, 2022 we repurchased $48.7 
million of common stock under our May 2022 stock repurchase program, partially offset by an increase in borrowings under our Senior Credit Facility that were used, in addition 
to cash on hand, to fund the acquisitions noted above. During the year ended December 31, 2021, we paid down debt by $40.1 million.

Summary Disclosures about Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

The following table summarizes certain contractual obligations as of December 31, 2023 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in 
future periods. We do not have significant short-term purchase obligations.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(1)

(millions)
Contractual obligations
Operating leases
Finance leases
Service concession arrangements
Noncontrolling interests buyout
Total contractual obligations

(2)

Total

2024

2025 - 2026    

2027 - 2028    

2029 and
thereafter

Payments Due by Period

  $

  $

246.9  
27.2  
38.3  
2.1  
314.5  

  $

  $

66.1  
8.7  
19.3  
0.4  
94.5  

  $

  $

95.3     $
11.7      
13.3      
0.8      
121.1     $

49.5     $
4.8      
4.8      
0.5      
59.6     $

36.0  
2.0  
0.9  
0.4  
39.3  

(1)
(2)

Represents minimum rental commitments, excluding (i) contingent rent provisions under all non-cancelable leases; and (ii) sublease income.
Represents lease type contracts that meet the definition of service concession arrangements under Topic 853.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  ("US  GAAP")  requires  us  to  make  estimates  and 
judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities within the Consolidated 
Financial  Statements  and  accompanying  notes.  The  SEC  has  defined  critical  accounting  policies  and  estimates  as  the  ones  that  are  most  important  to  the  portrayal  of  the 
financial condition and results of operations, and which require the most difficult and subjective judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates of matters that are 
inherently uncertain. Based on this definition, we have identified the critical accounting policies and judgments addressed below. We base these estimates and judgments on 
historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments 
about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Certain accounting estimates are particularly sensitive because of their complexity 
and the possibility that future events affecting them may differ materially from our current judgments and estimates.

This listing of critical accounting policies is not intended to be a comprehensive list of all of our accounting policies. We also have other key accounting policies, which involve 
the use of estimates, judgments, and assumptions that are significant to understanding our results, which are included in Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices 
within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part IV, Item 15. "Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules."

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of net assets acquired. In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board's ("FASB") 
authoritative  accounting  guidance  on  goodwill,  we  evaluate  goodwill  for  impairment  on  an  annual  basis,  or  more  often  if  events  or  circumstances  change  that  could  cause 
goodwill to become impaired. We have elected to assess the impairment of goodwill annually on October 1 or at an interim date if there is an event or change in circumstances 
indicating the carrying value may not be recoverable. The goodwill impairment test is performed at the reporting unit level; our reporting units represent our operating segments, 
consisting of Commercial and Aviation. Factors that could trigger an impairment review include significant under-performance relative to expected historical or projected future 
operating results, significant changes in the use of acquired assets or our business strategy, and significant negative industry or economic trends.

We may perform a qualitative, rather than quantitative, assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying 
amount. If we determine it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying amount, we would need to perform a quantitative assessment. The determination of 
fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  utilizes  cash  flow  projections  that  assume  certain  future  revenue  and  cost  levels,  comparable  marketplace  data,  comparable  company  market 
valuations, assumed discount rates based upon current market conditions and other valuation factors, all of which involve the use of significant judgment and estimates. We also 
assess  critical  areas  that  may  impact  our  business  including  economic  conditions,  market  related  exposures,  competition,  changes  in  service  offerings  and  changes  in  key 
personnel. 

Other intangible assets represent assets with finite lives that are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. We evaluate other intangible assets on a 
periodic basis to determine whether events or circumstances warrant a revision to their remaining useful lives. In addition, other intangible assets are reviewed for impairment 
when  circumstances  change  that  would  indicate  the  carrying  value  may  not  be  recoverable.  Assumptions  and  estimates  about  future  values  and  remaining  useful  lives  of 
intangible assets are complex and subjective, and can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as industry and economic trends, and internal factors, 
such as changes in our business strategy and forecasts. Although we believe the historical assumptions and estimates are reasonable and appropriate, different assumptions 
and estimates could materially impact our reported financial results.

Long-Lived Assets

We  evaluate  long-lived  assets,  including  ROU  assets,  leasehold  improvements,  equipment  and  construction/development  in  progress,  for  impairment  whenever  events  or 
circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  value  of  an  asset  or  asset  group  may  not  be  recoverable.  We  group  assets  at  the  lowest  level  for  which  cash  flows  are  separately 
identified in order to measure an impairment. Events or circumstances that would result in an impairment review include a significant change in the use of an asset, the planned 
sale or disposal of an asset, or a projection that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the use of a long-lived asset or asset group. Recoverability of assets to be held 
and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset or asset group to future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or asset 
group. If the asset or asset group is determined to be impaired, the impairment recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the asset or asset group 
exceeds its fair value.

Assumptions  and  estimates  used  to  determine  cash  flows  in  the  evaluation  of  impairment  and  the  fair  values  used  to  determine  the  impairment  are  subject  to  a  degree  of 
judgment and complexity. Any future changes to the assumptions and estimates resulting from changes in actual results or market conditions from those anticipated may affect 
the  carrying  value  of  long-lived  assets  and  could  result  in  additional  impairment  charges.  Future  events  that  may  result  in  impairment  charges  include  economic  volatility,  or 
other  factors,  that  could  decrease  revenues  and  profitability  of  existing  locations  and  changes  in  the  cost  structure  of  existing  facilities,  such  as  increasing  labor  and  benefit 
costs.

Insurance Reserves

We purchase comprehensive casualty insurance covering certain claims that arise in connection with our operations. In addition, we purchase umbrella/excess liability coverage.
Under the various liability and workers' compensation insurance policies, we are obligated to pay directly or reimburse the insurance carrier for the deductible / retention amount 
of each loss covered by our general / garage, automobile, workers' compensation and garage keepers legal liability policies. As a result, we are effectively self-insured for all 
claims within the deductible / retention amount of each loss. Any loss over the deductible / retention is the responsibility of the third-party insurer. The expense recognition is 
based upon our determination of an unfavorable outcome of a claim being deemed as probable and capable of being reasonably estimated. This determination requires the use 
of judgment in both the estimation of probability and the amount to be recognized as an expense. We utilize historical claims experience and exposures specific to each type of 
insurance, along with actuarial methods performed quarterly by a third party actuarial adviser in determining the required level of insurance reserves. As of December 31, 2023, 
the insurance reserve for general, garage, automobile 

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

and  workers’  compensation  liabilities  was  $50.3  million,  of  which  $24.9  million  and  $25.4  million  was  recorded  in  Accrued  and  other  current  liabilities  and  Other  noncurrent 
liabilities, respectively, within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Future information regarding historical loss experience may require changes to the level of insurance reserves 
and could result in increased expense in the future.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts, represents our estimate of the amount that ultimately will be realized in cash. We review the adequacy of the 
allowance for doubtful accounts on an ongoing basis, primarily using a review of specific accounts, as well as historical collection trends and aging of receivables, and record 
adjustments to the allowance as necessary. Changes in economic conditions or other circumstances could have an impact on the collection of existing receivable balances or 
future allowance considerations.

Income Taxes

Deferred  income  taxes  are  computed  using  the  asset  and  liability  method,  such  that  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  for  deductible  temporary  differences 
between  US  GAAP  amounts  and  the  tax  basis  of  existing  assets  and  liabilities  based  on  currently  enacted  tax  laws  and  tax  rates  in  effect  for  the  periods  in  which  these 
temporary differences are expected to reverse or be settled. Income tax expense (benefit) is the tax payable (receivable) for the period plus the change during the period in 
deferred income taxes. We have certain state NOL carry forwards which expire in 2043. We consider a number of factors in our assessment of the recoverability of our NOL 
carryforwards  including  their  expiration  dates  and  the  limitations  imposed  due  to  the  change  in  ownership,  as  well  as  future  projections  of  income.  Future  changes  in  our 
operating performance, along with these considerations, may significantly impact the amount of NOLs ultimately recovered, and our assessment of their recoverability.

We recognize deferred tax liabilities related to taxes on certain foreign earnings that are not considered to be permanently invested. In addition, we have recognized deferred tax 
liabilities on nondeductible intangible assets.

When  evaluating  our  tax  positions,  we  account  for  uncertainty  in  income  taxes  within  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  The  evaluation  of  a  tax  position  is  a  two-step 
process,  the  first  step  being  recognition.  The  first  step  is  to  determine  whether  it  is  more-likely-than-not  that  a  tax  position  will  be  sustained  upon  tax  examination,  including 
resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position and the weight of available evidence. If a tax position does not meet the 
more-likely-than-not  threshold,  which  is  more  than  50%  likely  of  being  realized,  the  benefit  of  that  position  is  not  recognized  in  our  financial  statements.  The  second  step  is 
measurement of the tax benefit. The tax position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is more-likely-than-not of being realized, which is more than 50% likely of 
being realized upon ultimate resolution with a taxing authority.

Legal and Other Contingencies

We  are  subject  to  claims  and  litigation  in  the  normal  course  of  our  business,  including  those  related  to  labor  and  employment,  contracts,  personal  injury  and  other  related 
matters, some of which allege substantial monetary damages and claims. Some of these actions may be brought as class actions on behalf of a class or purported class of 
employees. While the outcomes of claims and legal proceedings brought against us are subject to uncertainty, we believe the final outcome will not have a material adverse 
effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. 

We accrue a charge when we determine that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. 
When a loss is probable, we record an accrual based on the reasonably estimable loss or range of loss. When no point of loss is more likely than another, we record the lowest 
amount in the estimated range of loss, and if material, disclose the estimated range. We do not record liabilities for reasonably possible loss contingencies, but do disclose a 
range of reasonably possible losses if they are material and we are able to estimate such a range. If we cannot provide a range of reasonably possible losses, we explain the 
factors that prevent us from determining such a range. We regularly evaluate current information available to determine whether an accrual should be established or adjusted. 
Estimating the probability that a loss will occur and the amount of a loss or a range of loss involves significant estimation and judgment.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rates

Our primary market risk exposure consists of risk related to changes in interest rates. We use the variable rate Senior Credit Facility to finance our operations. The Senior Credit 
Facility  exposes  us  to  variability  in  interest  payments  due  to  changes  in  interest  rates.  If  interest  rates  increase,  interest  expense  increases  and  conversely,  if  interest  rates 
decrease, interest expense also decreases. We believe that it is prudent to limit our exposure to an increase in interest rates. See Note 11. Borrowing Arrangements within the 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

A one percent increase in the average market rate would result in an increase in our annual interest expense of $3.3 million related to borrowings outstanding on our Senior 
Credit Facility. 

Foreign Currency Risk

We are exposed to the impact of foreign currency fluctuations in certain countries in which we operate. The exposure to foreign currency movements is limited in our Canada 
and India subsidiaries because the operating revenues and expenses are substantially in the local currency in which they operate. Even though our United Kingdom subsidiary 
transacts business in many countries, their exposure to foreign currency fluctuations is considered not significant. We had $1.6 million of foreign denominated cash instruments 
and no debt instruments denominated in foreign currencies as of December 31, 2023. We do not hold any hedging instruments related to foreign currency transactions.

We monitor foreign currency positions and may enter into certain hedging instruments in the future if we determine the exposure to foreign exchange risk has increased.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

1. All Financial Statements

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

27

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 42)
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022
For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021

Consolidated Statements of Income 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income  
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

28

29
30

31

32
33
34
35
36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of SP Plus Corporation

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  SP  Plus  Corporation  (the  Company)  as  of  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  the  related  consolidated 
statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023, and the related notes 
(collectively  referred  to  as  the  “consolidated  financial  statements”).  In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial 
position of the Company at December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 
2023, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)  (PCAOB),  the  Company's  internal  control  over 
financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated February 27, 2024 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on 
our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal 
securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud.  Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material 
misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test 
basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The  critical  audit  matter  communicated  below  is  a  matter  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  financial  statements  that  was  communicated  or  required  to  be 
communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, 
subjective  or  complex  judgments.  The  communication  of  the  critical  audit  matter  does  not  alter  in  any  way  our  opinion  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  taken  as  a 
whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it 
relates.

  Valuation of insurance reserves for claims incurred but not reported

Description of the Matter  

How We Addressed the 
Matter in Our Audit

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company purchases comprehensive liability insurance covering certain claims 
that  occur  in  its  operations,  including  coverage  for  general,  garage  and  automobile  liabilities.  In  addition,  the  Company  purchases  workers' 
compensation  insurance  coverage  for  all  eligible  employees  and  umbrella/excess  liability  insurance  coverage.  Under  these  various  insurance
policies, the Company is effectively self-insured for all claims up to the retention amount of each loss. Any loss over the retention is the responsibility 
of the third-party insurer. The Company’s insurance reserves for claims that have been incurred but not reported (IBNR) are based upon historical 
claims experience and actuarial methods performed by a third-party actuarial advisor. As of December 31, 2023, the insurance reserves for general, 
garage, automobile and workers’ compensation liabilities are recorded in Accrued and other current liabilities and Other noncurrent liabilities in the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets for $24.9 million and $25.4 million, respectively.

Auditing  management's  insurance  reserves  was  complex  due  to  the  estimation  required  in  determining  the  reserves,  which  requires  the  use  of 
actuarial methods and is dependent on claims experience history that is utilized in the actuarial analysis.

We  obtained  an  understanding,  evaluated  the  design,  and  tested  the  operating  effectiveness  of  controls  over  the  Company’s  IBNR  process, 
including controls over management’s review of the actuarial analysis and the data inputs provided to the actuary to perform the analysis.

To  test  the  insurance  reserves,  we  performed  audit  procedures  over  the  completeness  and  accuracy  of  the  underlying  claims  data  provided  to 
management’s  third-party  actuarial  advisers,  which  is  the  basis  used  to  estimate  total  ultimate  dollar  value  of  claims  and  the  expected  amount  of
IBNR claims.

Furthermore, we involved our actuarial specialist to assist in our evaluation of the methodologies and assumptions applied by management’s third-
party  actuarial  advisers  in  measuring  the  actuarially  determined  reserve.  We  compared  the  Company’s  recorded  reserves  to  a  range  which  our 
actuarial specialist developed based on independently selected assumptions. We also reconciled management’s third-party actuarial advisers’ report 
to the Company’s insurance liability reserve to amounts recorded by the Company.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1989.

Chicago, Illinois
February 27, 2024

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of SP Plus Corporation 

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We  have  audited  SP  Plus  Corporation’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2023,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control—Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, SP Plus Corporation (the 
Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the 
Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three 
years in the period ended December 31, 2023, and the related notes and our report dated February 27, 2024 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over 
financial reporting included in the accompanying   Management's   Annual   Report   on   Internal   Control   over   Financial   Reporting.   Our responsibility is to express an 
opinion  on  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  our  audit.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be 
independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. 

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design 
and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe 
that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those 
policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the 
company;  (2) provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the 
company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or  disposition  of  the  company’s  assets  that  could 
have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree 
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Chicago, Illinois
February 27, 2024

30

 
 
Table of Contents

SP Plus Corporation
Consolidated Balance Sheets

(millions, except for share and per share data)
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net
Right-of-use assets
Goodwill
Other intangible assets, net
Deferred income taxes
Other noncurrent assets

Total noncurrent assets

Total assets
Liabilities and stockholders' equity
Liabilities
Accounts payable
Accrued and other current liabilities
Short-term lease liabilities
Current portion of long-term borrowings

Total current liabilities

Long-term borrowings, excluding current portion
Long-term lease liabilities
Other noncurrent liabilities

Total noncurrent liabilities

Total liabilities
Stockholders' equity

Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share; 5,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, 
respectively; no shares issued or outstanding
Common stock, par value $0.001 per share; 50,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2023 and 2022; 
23,593,626 and 19,798,884 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023, respectively, and 
23,276,329 and 19,767,287 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022, respectively
Treasury stock at cost; 3,794,742 and 3,509,042 shares as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, 
respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Retained earnings
Total SP Plus Corporation stockholders' equity
Noncontrolling interests
Total stockholders' equity

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

31

December 31,

2023

2022

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

19.1  
180.5  
12.6  
212.2  
68.3  
179.4  
544.6  
59.7  
42.8  
44.9  
939.7  
1,151.9  

136.6  
128.1  
56.2  
16.5  
337.4  
335.6  
158.0  
70.2  
563.8  
901.2  

  $

  $

  $

  $

—  

  $

—  

(130.5 )  
277.9  

(1.3 )  

104.7  
250.8  

(0.1 )  

  $

250.7  
1,151.9  

  $

12.4  
167.7  
16.7  
196.8  
60.2  
166.9  
543.2  
68.9  
44.4  
41.0  
924.6  
1,121.4  

133.4  
137.6  
60.2  
12.4  
343.6  
331.8  
158.5  
61.8  
552.1  
895.7  

—  

—  

(120.0 )
274.2  
(1.8 )
73.6  
226.0  
(0.3 )
225.7  
1,121.4  

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

SP Plus Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Income

(millions, except for share and per share data)
Services revenue

Management type contracts
Lease type contracts

Reimbursed management type contract revenue

Total services revenue
Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

Management type contracts
Lease type contracts
Lease impairment

Reimbursed management type contract expense

Total cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
General and administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization
Operating income
Other expense (income)

Interest expense
Interest income
Other income
Total other expenses

Earnings before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net income
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation
Common stock data

Net income per common share

Basic
Diluted

Weighted average shares outstanding

Basic
Diluted

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

2023

Years Ended December 31,
2022

2021

590.0    
293.2    
883.2    
899.1    
1,782.3    

388.6    
240.6    
—    
629.2    
899.1    
1,528.3    
140.4    
36.1    
77.5    

29.1    
(0.3 )  
—    
28.8    
48.7    
14.0    
34.7    
3.6    
31.1     $

1.58     $
1.57     $

518.7    
275.7    
794.4    
759.1    
1,553.5    

343.2    
225.8    
3.7    
572.7    
759.1    
1,331.8    
109.1    
29.7    
82.9    

17.7    
(0.4 )  
—    
17.3    
65.6    
17.5    
48.1    
2.9    
45.2     $

2.17     $
2.15     $

385.9  
215.6  
601.5  
575.7  
1,177.2  

247.5  
170.6  
3.6  
421.7  
575.7  
997.4  
88.2  
25.1  
66.5  

21.2  
(0.4 )
(0.1 )
20.7  
45.8  
10.5  
35.3  
3.6  
31.7  

1.50  
1.48  

19,670,918    
19,781,388    

20,809,363    
21,007,068    

21,166,323  
21,379,983  

  $

  $
  $

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
   
 
     
     
   
 
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

SP Plus Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(millions)
Net income
Reclassification of de-designated interest rate collars
Foreign currency translation gain (loss)
Comprehensive income
Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Comprehensive income attributable to SP Plus Corporation

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2023

Years Ended December 31,
2022

2021

34.7     $
—    
0.5    
35.2    
3.6    
31.6     $

48.1     $
0.5    
0.5    
49.1    
2.9    
46.2     $

35.3  
1.7  
(0.1 )
36.9  
3.6  
33.3  

  $

  $

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

SP Plus Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

Common Stock

(millions, except share data)
Balance at January 1, 2021

Net income
Foreign currency translation
Reclassification of de-designated interest rate 
collars
Issuance of stock grants
Issuance of restricted stock units
Issuance of performance stock units
Non-cash stock-based compensation
Distributions to noncontrolling interests
Balance at December 31, 2021

Net income
Foreign currency translation
Reclassification of de-designated interest rate 
collars
Issuance of stock grants
Issuance of restricted stock units
Non-cash stock-based compensation
Repurchases of common stock
Noncontrolling interests buyout
Distributions to noncontrolling interests
Balance at December 31, 2022

Net income
Foreign currency translation
Issuance of stock grants
Issuance of restricted stock units
Issuance of performance stock units
Payments of withholding taxes on share-based 
compensation
Non-cash stock-based compensation
Repurchases of common stock
Noncontrolling interests buyout
Distributions to noncontrolling interests
Balance at December 31, 2023

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Number
of

Shares
Issued
23,088,38
6  
—  
—  

—  
13,420  
41,517  
81,136  
—  
—  
23,224,45
9  
—  
—  

—  
14,635  
37,235  
—  
—  
—  
—  
23,276,32
9  
—  
—  
18,660  
242,909  
55,728  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
23,593,62
6  

    Additional

Par
Value

Paid-In
Capital

Accumulate
d
Other
Comprehen
sive
Loss

    Retained    
    Earnings    
(Accumulat
ed
Deficit)

Treasury
Stock

Noncontroll
ing
Interests

Total

  $

  $

  $

—  
—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

  $

261.4     $
—      
—      

(4.4 )   $
—      
(0.1 )    

(3.3 )   $
31.7      
—      

(70.6 )   $
—      
—      

(1.7 )   $
3.6      
—      

181.4  
35.3  
(0.1 )

—      
0.5      
—      
—      
5.6      
—      

1.7      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      

  $

267.5     $
—      
—      

(2.8 )   $
—      
0.5      

28.4     $
45.2      
—      

(70.6 )   $
—      
—      

  $

—      
0.4      
—      
8.6      
—      
(2.3 )    
—      

274.2     $
—      
—      
0.6      
—      
—      

(5.8 )    
9.8      
—      
(0.9 )    
—      

0.5      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      

(1.8 )   $
—      
0.5      
—      
—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      
(49.4 )    
—      
—      

73.6     $
31.1      
—      
—      
—      
—      

(120.0 )   $
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      
—      

—      
—      
(10.5 )    
—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
(2.3 )    

(0.4 )   $
2.9      
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
(2.8 )    

(0.3 )   $
3.6      
—      
—      
—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      
(3.4 )    

1.7  
0.5  
—  
—  
5.6  
(2.3 )

222.1  
48.1  
0.5  

0.5  
0.4  
—  
8.6  
(49.4 )
(2.3 )
(2.8 )

225.7  
34.7  
0.5  
0.6  
—  
—  

(5.8 )
9.8  
(10.5 )
(0.9 )
(3.4 )

  $

—  

  $

277.9     $

(1.3 )   $

104.7     $

(130.5 )   $

(0.1 )   $

250.7  

34

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

SP Plus Corporation
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(millions)
Operating activities
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

  $

34.7     $

48.1     $

Impairment
Depreciation and amortization
Non-cash stock-based compensation
Provisions for credit losses on accounts receivable
Deferred income taxes
Other
Changes in operating assets and liabilities

Accounts receivable
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities and other

Net cash provided by operating activities
Investing activities

Purchases of property and equipment
Acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired
Acquisition of other intangible assets
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
Noncontrolling interests buyout
Net cash used in investing activities
Financing activities

Proceeds from credit facility revolver
Payments on credit facility revolver
Proceeds from credit facility term loan
Payments on credit facility term loan
Payments of debt issuance costs
Payments on other long-term borrowings
Payments of withholding taxes on share-based compensation
Distributions to noncontrolling interests
Repurchases of common stock
Net cash used in financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
Supplemental disclosures
Cash paid (received) during the period for:

Interest
Income taxes, net

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

—    
36.1    
10.4    
1.7    
1.4    
(3.2 )  

(14.6 )  
4.1    
3.0    
(17.8 )  
55.8    

(21.4 )  
(3.1 )  
—    
0.3    
(2.4 )  
(26.6 )  

452.5    
(441.7 )  
—    
(5.0 )  
—    
(7.8 )  
(5.8 )  
(3.4 )  
(11.1 )  
(22.3 )  
(0.2 )  
6.7    
12.4    
19.1     $

3.7    
29.7    
9.0    
0.5    
7.6    
1.3    

(27.9 )  
15.7    
14.7    
(9.1 )  
93.3    

(21.9 )  
(30.5 )  
(1.8 )  
0.2    
—    
(54.0 )  

570.0    
(559.0 )  
17.2    
(6.7 )  
(2.5 )  
(9.9 )  
—    
(2.8 )  
(48.7 )  
(42.4 )  
(0.2 )  
(3.3 )  
15.7    
12.4     $

27.7     $
10.0     $

16.9     $
(7.1 )   $

  $

  $
  $

35

35.3  

3.6  
25.1  
6.1  
0.8  
12.6  
0.2  

(29.2 )
(5.4 )
20.7  
(16.4 )
53.4  

(9.6 )
—  
—  
0.5  
—  
(9.1 )

371.6  
(387.2 )
—  
(15.5 )
(1.3 )
(7.7 )
—  
(2.3 )
—  
(42.4 )
(0.1 )
1.8  
13.9  
15.7  

19.4  
0.5  

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
     
     
   
 
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
   
 
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

SP Plus Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(millions, except share and per share data)

1. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices

The Company

SP Plus Corporation (the "Company") develops and integrates technology with operations management and support to deliver mobility solutions that enable the efficient and 
time-sensitive movement of people, vehicles and personal travel belongings. The Company is committed to providing solutions that make every moment matter for a world on 
the go while meeting the objectives of the Company's diverse client base in North America and Europe, which includes aviation, commercial, hospitality and institutional clients. 
The Company typically enters into contractual arrangements with property owners or managers as opposed to owning facilities.

On  October  4,  2023,  the  Company  entered  into  an  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger  (the  "Merger  Agreement")  by  and  among  the  Company,  Metropolis  Technologies,  Inc. 
("Metropolis")  and  Schwinger  Merger  Sub  Inc.,  a  direct,  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  Metropolis  (“Merger  Sub”),  in  an  all-cash  transaction  with  a  total  enterprise  value  of 
approximately $1.5 billion. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, subject to terms and conditions therein, Merger Sub will acquire all of the outstanding shares of the Company’s 
common stock for $54.00 per share, without interest, and merge with the Company, with the Company surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Metropolis. The Company’s 
stockholders approved the transaction on February 9, 2023. The transaction is expected to close in 2024, subject to other customary closing conditions, including the receipt of 
regulatory  approvals.  Upon  completion  of  the  transaction,  the  Company’s  shares  will  no  longer  trade  on  the  Nasdaq  Global  Select  Market.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  the 
Company had incurred $9.7 million in expenses related to the proposed merger with Metropolis.

Principles of Consolidation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries, and Variable Interest Entities ("VIEs") in which the Company is the 
primary  beneficiary.  The  Company  is  the  primary  beneficiary  of  a  VIE  when  the  Company  has  the  power  to  direct  activities  that  most  significantly  affect  the  economic 
performance of the VIE. If the Company is not the primary beneficiary in a VIE and has significant influence, the Company accounts for the investment in the VIE as an equity 
method  investment  in  accordance  with  applicable  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  (“U.S.  GAAP”).  As  of  December  31,  2023  and  2022, assets 
related to consolidated VIEs were $51.4 million and $57.1 million, respectively, which were primarily related to right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and property and equipment, net. As 
of December 31, 2023 and 2022, liabilities related to consolidated VIEs were $43.5 million and $50.9 million, respectively, which were primarily related to operating and finance 
lease liabilities. All intercompany profits, transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  U.S.  GAAP  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  amounts  reported  in  the 
financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using 
historical experience and other factors, including the current environment.

Foreign Currency Translation

The Company has foreign operations in Canada, Puerto Rico, the United Kingdom and India. Assets and liabilities of the Company's foreign operations are translated into U.S. 
dollars  at  the  rate  in  effect  on  the  respective  balance  sheet  date,  while  income  and  expenses  are  translated  at  the  average  rates  during  the  respective  periods.  Translation 
adjustments resulting from the fluctuations in exchange rates are recorded as a separate component of Accumulated other comprehensive loss in Stockholders’ equity within the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets, while transaction gains and losses are recorded within the Consolidated Statements of Income. Deferred taxes are not recorded on cumulative 
foreign currency translation adjustments when the Company expects the foreign earnings to be permanently reinvested.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash  equivalents  represent  funds  temporarily  invested  in  money  market  instruments  with  maturities  of  three  months  or  less.  Cash  equivalents  are  stated  at  cost,  which 
approximates fair value. Cash and cash equivalents that are restricted as to withdrawal or use under the terms of certain contractual agreements were $0.2 million and $0.6 
million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and were included in Cash and cash equivalents within the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts, represents the Company's estimate of the amount that ultimately will be realized in cash. The Company reviews 
the  adequacy  of  its  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  on  an  ongoing  basis,  primarily  using  a  review  of  specific  accounts,  as  well  as  historical  collection  trends  and  aging  of 
receivables, and records adjustments to the allowance as necessary. Changes in economic conditions or other circumstances could have an impact on the collection of existing 
accounts receivable balances or future allowance considerations.

Transactions affecting the allowance for doubtful accounts during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 were as follows:

(millions)
Beginning Balance
Provision for credit losses
Write offs and other
Ending Balance

Property and Equipment, net

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

December 31, 2021

$

$

4.0  
1.7  
(3.1 )  
2.6  

$

$

3.5    
0.5    
-    
4.0    

$

$

5.1  
0.8  
(2.4 )
3.5  

Property and equipment includes the Company's equipment, internal-use software, vehicles, leasehold improvements and construction/development in process. Property and 
equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, whenever applicable.

Certain costs  incurred  in  the  planning  and  evaluation  stage  of  internal-use  software  projects  are  recorded  to  expense  as  incurred.  Costs  associated  with  directly  obtaining, 
developing or upgrading internal-use software are capitalized and included as Software in Property and equipment, net, within the Consolidated Balance 

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Sheets. When the internal-use software is ready for its intended use, it is amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the internal-use software, which is
typically 3 years.

Equipment and vehicles are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives ranging from 1 to 10 years. Expenditures for major renewals and improvements 
that extend the useful life of property and equipment, other than internal-use software, are capitalized. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the 
terms of the respective leases or the useful lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of net assets acquired. In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board's ("FASB") 
authoritative accounting guidance on goodwill, the Company evaluates goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances change that could 
cause goodwill to become impaired. The Company has elected to assess the impairment of goodwill annually on October 1 or at an interim date if there is an event or change in 
circumstances  indicating  the  carrying  value  may  not  be  recoverable.  The  goodwill  impairment  test  is  performed  at  the  reporting  unit  level;  the  Company's  reporting  units 
represent  its  operating  segments,  consisting  of  Commercial  and  Aviation.  Factors  that  could  trigger  an  impairment  review  include  significant  under-performance  relative  to 
expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the use of acquired assets or the Company’s business strategy, and significant negative industry 
or economic trends.

The Company may perform a qualitative, rather than quantitative, assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its 
carrying amount. If the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying amount, the Company would need to perform a quantitative 
assessment. The determination of fair value of a reporting unit utilizes cash flow projections that assume certain future revenue and cost levels, comparable marketplace data, 
comparable company market valuations, assumed discount rates based upon current market conditions and other valuation factors, all of which involve the use of significant 
judgment  and  estimates.  The  Company  also  assesses  critical  areas  that  may  impact  its  business  including  economic  conditions,  market  related  exposures,  competition, 
changes in service offerings and changes in key personnel. The Company completed a qualitative test of goodwill as of October 1, 2023, and concluded that it is more likely 
than not that the estimated fair values of each of the Company’s reporting units exceeded the carrying amount of net assets assigned to each reporting unit.

Other Intangible Assets, net

Other intangible assets represent assets with finite lives that are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The Company evaluates other intangible 
assets on a periodic basis to determine whether events or circumstances warrant a revision to their remaining useful lives. In addition, other intangible assets are reviewed for 
impairment when circumstances change that would indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Assumptions and estimates about future values and remaining useful 
lives of intangible assets are complex and subjective, and can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as industry and economic trends, and internal 
factors,  such  as  changes  in  the  Company’s  business  strategy  and  forecasts.  Although  the  Company  believes  the  historical  assumptions  and  estimates  are  reasonable  and 
appropriate, different assumptions and estimates could materially impact reported financial results.

For both goodwill and intangible assets, future events may indicate differences from the Company's judgments and estimates which could, in turn, result in impairment charges. 
Future  events  that  may  result  in  impairment  charges  include  economic  volatility,  increases  in  interest  rates,  which  would  impact  discount  rates,  or  other  factors  which  could 
decrease revenues and profitability of existing locations and changes in the cost structure of existing facilities, such as increasing labor and benefit costs.

Long-Lived Assets

The  Company  evaluates  long-lived  assets,  including  ROU  assets,  leasehold  improvements,  equipment  and  construction/development  in  progress,  for  impairment  whenever 
events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. The Company groups assets at the lowest level for which cash flows
are separately identified in order to measure an impairment. Events or circumstances that would result in an impairment review include a significant change in the use of an 
asset, the planned sale or disposal of an asset, or a projection that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the use of a long-lived asset or asset group. Recoverability 
of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset or asset group to future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by 
the asset or asset group. If the asset or asset group is determined to be impaired, the impairment recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the 
asset or asset group exceeds its fair value.

The Company determined impairment testing triggers had occurred for ROU assets associated with certain asset groups during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. 
See Note 3. Leases for further discussion.

The Company determined no impairment testing triggers had occurred for long-lived assets during the year ended December 31, 2023.

Assumptions  and  estimates  used  to  determine  cash  flows  in  the  evaluation  of  impairment  and  the  fair  values  used  to  determine  the  impairment  are  subject  to  a  degree  of 
judgment and complexity. Any future changes to the assumptions and estimates resulting from changes in actual results or market conditions from those anticipated may affect 
the carrying value of long-lived assets and could result in additional impairment charges. Future events that may result in impairment charges include economic volatility or other 
factors that could decrease revenues and profitability of existing locations and changes in the cost structure of existing facilities, such as increasing labor and benefit costs.

Accrued and Other Current Liabilities

Components of Accrued and other current liabilities as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows:

(millions)
Accrued rent
Compensation and payroll withholdings
Property, payroll and other taxes
Accrued insurance
Contract liabilities
Contingent consideration
Accrued expenses
Accrued and other current liabilities

Financial Instruments

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

20.1    
26.2    
5.1    
24.9    
17.5    
2.8    
31.5    
128.1    

$

$

21.4  
29.2  
7.8  
24.0  
17.4  
1.8  
36.0  
137.6  

$

$

The  carrying  values  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  accounts  receivable  and  accounts  payable  approximate  their  fair  value  due  to  the  short-term  nature  of  these  financial 
instruments. Book overdrafts of $31.0 million and $30.9 million were included in Accounts payable within the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of 

37

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Long-term debt has a carrying value that approximates fair value because the instruments bear interest at variable market rates.

Insurance Reserves

The  Company  purchases  comprehensive  casualty  insurance  covering  certain  claims  that  arise  in  connection  with  the  Company’s  operations.  In  addition,  the  Company 
purchases umbrella/excess liability coverage. Under the various liability and workers' compensation insurance policies, the Company is obligated to pay directly or reimburse the 
insurance carrier for the deductible / retention amount of each loss covered by the Company’s general / garage, automobile, workers' compensation and garage keepers legal 
liability policies. As a result, the Company is, effectively self-insured for all claims within the deductible / retention amount of each loss. Any loss over the deductible / retention is 
the  responsibility  of  the  third-party  insurer.  The  expense  recognition  is  based  upon  the  Company's  determination  of  an  unfavorable  outcome  of  a  claim  being  deemed  as 
probable and capable of being reasonably estimated. This determination requires the use of judgment in both the estimation of probability and the amount to be recognized as 
an expense. The Company utilizes historical claims experience and exposures specific to each type of insurance, along with actuarial methods performed quarterly by a third 
party actuarial adviser in determining the required level of insurance reserves. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the insurance reserve for general, garage, automobile and 
workers’ compensation liabilities was $50.3 million and $48.4 million, respectively, of which $24.9 million and $24.0 million was recorded in Accrued and other current liabilities 
within the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and $25.4 million and $24.4 million was recorded in Other noncurrent liabilities within 
the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Future information regarding historical loss experience may require changes to the level of 
insurance reserves and could result in increased expense in the future.

Legal and Other Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is subject to litigation in the normal course of its business. The Company uses guidance from internal and external legal counsel on the potential outcome of 
litigation  in  determining  the  need  to  record  liabilities  for  potential  losses  and  the  disclosure  for  pending  legal  claims.  See  Note  16.  Legal  and  Other  Commitments  and 
Contingencies for further discussion.

Services Revenue

The  Company's  revenues  are  primarily  derived  from  management  type  and  lease  type  contracts;  whereby  the  Company  provides  parking  services,  parking  management, 
ground transportation services, baggage handling services and other ancillary services to commercial, hospitality, institutional, municipal and aviation clients. Ancillary services 
include  fees  associated  with  using  the  Company's  technology-driven  mobility  solutions,  as  well  as  on-site  parking  management,  facility  maintenance,  ground  transportation 
services, event logistics, remote airline check-in, security services, municipal meter revenue collection and enforcement services, and scheduling and supervising all service 
personnel,  as  well  as  providing  customer  service,  marketing,  accounting  and  revenue  control  functions  necessary  to  complete  such  services.  Ancillary  services  also  include 
payments received for exercising termination rights, consulting development fees, gains on sales of contracts, insurance (general, workers' compensation and health care) and
other value-added services. In accordance with the guidance related to revenue recognition, entities are required to recognize revenue when control of the promised goods or 
services  is  transferred  to  customers  at  an  amount  that  reflects  the  consideration  to  which  the  entity  expects  to  be  entitled  to  in  exchange  for  those  goods  or  services.  The 
Company recognizes gross receipts (net of taxes collected from customers) as revenue from lease type contracts, and management fees for services, as the related services 
are performed. Ancillary services are primarily included in management type contracts and are recognized as revenue as those services are provided.

Reimbursed Management Type Contract Revenue and Expense

The  Company  recognizes  both  revenues  and  expenses,  in  equal  amounts,  that  are  directly  reimbursed  by  the  Company’s  clients  for  operating  expenses  incurred  under  a 
management type contract. The Company has determined it is the principal in these transactions as the nature of the Company's performance obligations is for the Company to 
provide the services on behalf of the customer. As the principal to these related transactions, the Company has control of the promised services before they are provided to the 
customer.

Cost of Services

The Company recognizes costs for lease type contracts, non-reimbursed costs from management type contracts and reimbursed management type contract expenses as cost 
of services. Cost of services consists primarily of rent, payroll related costs and other miscellaneous expenses.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based payments to employees, including grants of restricted stock and performance-based share units, are measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value 
of the award, and the related expense is recognized over the requisite employee service period or performance period (generally the vesting period) for awards expected to 
vest. The Company also grants stock to its Board of Directors (the “Board”) on an annual basis, which is recorded as expense at the grant date, based on the fair value of the 
award. The Company accounts for forfeitures of stock-based awards as they occur. See Note 6. Stock-Based Compensation for further discussion. 

Equity Investment in Unconsolidated Entities

The Company has ownership interests in 26 active partnerships, joint ventures or similar arrangements that operate parking facilities, of which 20 are consolidated under the 
VIE or voting interest models and 6 are unconsolidated where the Company’s ownership interests range from 30-50 percent and for which there are no indicators of control. The 
Company  accounts  for  such  investments  under  the  equity  method  of  accounting,  and  the  Company’s  underlying  share  of  each  investee’s  equity  of  $12.2  million  and  $11.9 
million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, was included in Other noncurrent assets within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As the operations of these entities 
are consistent with the Company’s underlying core business operations, the equity in earnings of these investments were included in Services revenue within the Consolidated 
Statements of Income. The equity earnings in these related investments were $2.6 million, $4.6 million and $1.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and
2021, respectively.

Noncontrolling Interests

Noncontrolling interests represent the noncontrolling holders' percentage share of income (losses) from the subsidiaries in which the Company holds a controlling, but less than 
100 percent, ownership interest. The results of these subsidiaries are consolidated and included in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recognized a $1.0 million liability, which was recorded in Other noncurrent liabilities within the Consolidated Balance
Sheets  as  of  December  31,  2023,  related  to  its  estimate  of  additional  consideration  (“contingent  consideration”)  due  to  a  former  minority  partner  that  held  a  noncontrolling 
interest in a joint venture with the Company. The Company purchased the minority partner’s interest in the joint venture in 2020. The contingent consideration is contingent on 
the  performance  of  certain  parking-related  operations  of  the  Bradley  International  Airport.  The  contingent  consideration  is  not  capped  and,  if  any  amount  is  due,  would  be 
payable to the former minority partner in April 2025. The $1.0 million was determined based on a probability weighting of potential payouts and recorded in Additional paid-in 
capital within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In addition, the Company recorded a 

38

 
 
Table of Contents

deferred tax asset of $0.3 million related to the contingent consideration during the year ended December 31, 2023, which was also recorded in Additional paid-in capital within 
the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company will continue to evaluate the criteria for making these payments in the future and adjust the liability when deemed necessary.

Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company paid a former minority partner $2.4 million per the terms of an agreement between the Company and the 
former minority partner. As of December 31, 2022, the Company entered into an agreement with the former partner to purchase the former minority partner’s entire 
noncontrolling interest in a joint venture with the Company. Per the terms of the agreement, the Company is required to make additional payments to the former minority partner 
over a ten-year period, starting in 2023, amounting to a total of $4.5 million to be paid to the former minority partner. The $2.4 million that was paid during the year ended 
December 31, 2023 was included in Accrued and other current liabilities within the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2022. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, 
the liability for the payment to the former minority partner was $1.7 million and $4.0 million, respectively, of which $0.4 million and $2.4 million was recorded in Accrued and 
other current liabilities within the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and $1.3 million and $1.6 million was recorded in Other 
noncurrent liabilities within the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. 

Income Taxes 

Deferred  income  taxes  are  computed  using  the  asset  and  liability  method,  such  that  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  for  deductible  temporary  differences 
between  US  GAAP  amounts  and  the  tax  basis  of  existing  assets  and  liabilities  based  on  currently  enacted  tax  laws  and  tax  rates  in  effect  for  the  periods  in  which  these 
temporary differences are expected to reverse or be settled. Income tax expense (benefit) is the tax payable (receivable) for the period plus the change during the period in 
deferred  income  taxes.  The  Company  has  certain  state  net  operating  loss  (“NOL”)  carry  forwards  which  expire  in  2043.  The  Company  considers  a  number  of  factors  in  its 
assessment  of  the  recoverability  of  its  NOL  carryforwards  including  their  expiration  dates  and  the  limitations  imposed  due  to  the  change  in  ownership  as  well  as  future 
projections  of  income.  Future  changes  in  the  Company's  operating  performance,  along  with  these  considerations,  may  significantly  impact  the  amount  of  NOLs  ultimately 
recovered, and the Company’s assessment of their recoverability.

The Company recognizes deferred tax liabilities related to taxes on certain foreign earnings that were not considered to be permanently reinvested. In addition, the Company 
has recognized deferred tax liabilities on nondeductible intangible assets.

When evaluating the Company’s tax positions, the Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes in its Consolidated Financial Statements. The evaluation of a tax position 
by the Company is a two-step process, the first step being recognition. The first step is to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon 
tax examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position and the weight of available evidence. If a tax 
position  does  not  meet  the  more-likely-than-not  threshold,  which  is  more  than  50%  likely  of  being  realized,  the  benefit  of  that  position  is  not  recognized  in  the  Company’s 
financial  statements.  The  second  step  is  measurement  of  the  tax  benefit.  The  tax  position  is  measured  as  the  largest  amount  of  benefit  that  is  more-likely-than-not  of  being 
realized, which is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate resolution with a taxing authority. See Note 13. Income Taxes for further discussion.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Accounting Pronouncements to be Adopted

Segment Reporting (Topic 280):  Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures

In  November  2023,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  ("ASU")  2023-07,  Improvements  to  Reportable  Segment  Disclosures.  Public  companies  are  required  to 
disclose  significant  segment  expenses  and  other  segment  items  on  an  interim  and  annual  basis  and  provide  all  disclosures  about  a  reportable  segment’s  profit  or  loss  and 
assets in interim periods. Entities are also permitted to disclose more than one measure of a segment’s profit or loss if such measures are used by the chief operating decision 
maker ("CODM") to allocate resources and assess performance, as long as at least one of those measures is determined in a way that is most consistent with the measurement 
principles  used  to  measure  the  corresponding  amounts  in  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  These  amendments  aim  to  improve  reportable  segment  disclosure 
requirements  primarily  through  enhanced  disclosures  about  significant  segment  expenses.  In  addition,  the  amendments  enhance  interim  disclosure  requirements,  clarify 
circumstances in which an entity can disclose multiple segment measures of profit or loss, provide new segment disclosure requirements for entities with a single reportable 
segment, and contain other disclosure requirements. The guidance is applied retrospectively to all periods presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements, unless doing so 
is impracticable, and early adoption is permitted. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after 15 December 2023. The Company is currently assessing the impact of 
adopting the standard on the Company’s financial statement disclosures.

Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. These amendments require disaggregated information about a reporting entity’s 
effective tax rate reconciliation as well as additional information on income taxes paid. Companies are required to disclose in their rate reconciliation table additional categories 
of  information  about  federal,  state  and  foreign  income  taxes  and  provide  more  details  about  the  reconciling  items  in  some  categories  if  items  meet  a  certain  quantitative 
threshold. The guidance will require all entities to disclose income taxes paid, net of refunds, disaggregated by federal (national), state and foreign taxes for annual periods and 
to disaggregate the information by jurisdiction based on a certain quantitative threshold. The standard is intended to benefit investors by providing more detailed income tax 
disclosures that would be useful in making capital allocation decisions. The guidance will be applied on a prospective basis with the option to apply the standard retrospectively.  
The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of adopting the standard 
on the Company’s financial statement disclosures.

2. Acquisitions

2023 Acquisition

On July 25, 2023, the Company acquired certain assets of Roker Inc. ("Roker"), a United States based provider of fully-integrated parking solutions that simplify permit, violation 
and enforcement management for organizations and municipalities, for approximately $3.1 million. The Company utilized borrowings under its Senior Credit Facility and cash on 
hand to fund the acquisition. Roker's operations are included in the Commercial segment.

The acquisition enhances the Company's position as a global provider of frictionless technology solutions that is not dependent on the Company's legacy parking management 
related  operations.  Roker  has  been  accounted  for  as  a  business  combination,  and  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  were  recorded  at  their  fair  values  as  of  the 
acquisition date. Goodwill was measured as the excess of the consideration over the assets acquired, including other intangible assets, less liabilities assumed. Tax deductible 
goodwill related to the acquisition was $1.0 million. The results of Roker's operations were reflected in the Consolidated Financial Statements from the date of the acquisition.

39

 
 
Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2023, Roker contributed $0.2 million of services revenue and $0.4 million of losses before income taxes, primarily due to the amortization 
related to the acquired other intangible assets. 

During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company incurred acquisition-related costs of $0.2 million related to Roker.

The fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were as follows:

(millions)
Other intangible assets
Goodwill
Accounts payable
Net cash paid

$

$

2.3  
1.0  
(0.2 )
3.1  

As discussed above, during the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recorded additions to other intangible assets of $2.3 million. The other intangible assets acquired 
were recorded at their fair value on the acquisition date as follows:

(millions)
Proprietary know how
Customer relationships
Fair value of identified intangible assets

Estimated Life
8.0 Years
5.4 Years

Fair Value

2.1  
0.2  
2.3  

$

$

The fair values of other intangible assets acquired were determined to be Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy. The fair value for all identifiable intangible assets was based on 
assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset, based on the most advantageous market for the asset.

The fair value of the Proprietary know how were determined using the multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach utilizing projected financial information 
for the technology that was acquired. The fair value of the customer relationships was determined using the distributor method under the income approach.

2022 Acquisitions

On October 11, 2022, the Company acquired K M P Associates Limited ("KMP"), a United Kingdom based software and technology provider serving aviation and commercial 
parking clients, primarily through its Aeroparker technology, throughout the United States and Europe for approximately $13.8 million, less cash acquired of $0.9 million, and 
assumed KMP's debt of $0.3 million. Immediately following the acquisition, the Company repaid all of the debt assumed. KMP's operations are included in the Aviation segment. 

On November 10, 2022, the Company acquired certain assets of DIVRT, Inc. ("DIVRT"), a developer of innovative software and technology solutions that enables frictionless 
parking  capabilities,  for  approximately  $17.6  million.  In  addition,  the  Company  may  be  required  to  pay  the  former  owner  of  DIVRT  a  maximum  amount  of  $7.0  million  in 
contingent consideration if certain targets related to the number of the Company's locations using the DIVRT technology are met by October 31, 2025. Based on a probability 
weighting of potential payouts, the Company accrued $4.0 million in projected contingent consideration as of the acquisition date, which was determined to be Level 3 under the 
fair value hierarchy. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company determined that the first two targets were met as of October 31, 2023, which was the second 
milestone  date.  As  a  result,  the  Company  paid  the  former  owner  $2.8  million  during  the  first  quarter  of  2024.  Based  on  the  achievement  of  the  first  two  targets  and  the 
Company’s forecast for future payments, the Company evaluated the estimated contingent consideration and determined no additional accruals were needed. The Company will 
continue  to  evaluate  the  potential  payouts  in  the  future  and  adjust  the  contingent  consideration  for  any  changes  in  the  estimated  fair  value  each  reporting  period.  DIVRT's 
operations are included in the Commercial segment. See Note 10. Fair Value Measurement for further discussion.

During the year ended December 31, 2023, KMP and DIVRT contributed $6.3 million of services revenue and losses before income taxes of $4.0 million, primarily due to the 
amortization related to the acquired other intangible assets.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company incurred acquisition-related costs of $2.6 million related to KMP and DIVRT.

The Company finalized its purchase price allocations for KMP and DIVRT during the year ended December 31, 2023. There were no measurement period adjustments recorded 
during the year ended December 31, 2023. The fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were as follows:

(millions)
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Other intangible assets
Goodwill
ROU asset
Accounts payable
Accrued and other current liabilities
Deferred income taxes
Other long-term borrowings
Net assets acquired and liabilities assumed
Less: cash and cash equivalents acquired
Less: contingent consideration payable
Net cash paid

$

$

0.9  
0.7  
0.1  
21.7  
16.3  
0.1  
(0.1 )
(1.5 )
(2.5 )
(0.3 )
35.4  
0.9  
4.0  
30.5  

In addition to the acquisitions discussed above, on April 18, 2022, the Company acquired certain other intangible assets for a purchase price of $1.8 million.

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

As  discussed  above,  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  the  Company  recorded  additions  to  other  intangible  assets  of  $23.5  million.  The  other  intangible  assets 
acquired were recorded at their fair value on the acquisition dates as follows:

(millions)
Proprietary know how
Customer relationships
Trade names
Covenant not to compete
Estimated fair value of identified intangible assets

Estimated Life
7.4 Years
5.8 Years
13.2 Years
4.2 Years

Fair Value

17.3  
3.2  
1.8  
1.2  
23.5  

$

$

The fair values of the other intangible assets acquired were determined to be Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy. The fair value for all identifiable intangible assets was based 
on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset, based on the most advantageous market for the asset.

The fair values of the Proprietary know how were determined using the multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach utilizing projected financial information 
for each technology that was acquired. The fair value of the customer relationships was determined using the distributor method under the income approach. The fair values of 
the  trade  names  were  determined  using  the  relief  from  royalty  savings  method  under  the  income  approach.  The  Company  considered  the  return  on  assets  and  market 
comparable methods when estimating an appropriate royalty rate for the trade names.

3. Leases

The Company leases parking facilities, office space, warehouses, vehicles and equipment and determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. The Company subleases 
certain real estate to third parties. The Company's sublease portfolio consists of operating leases for space within leased parking facilities.

Operating  lease  ROU  assets  and  lease  liabilities  are  recognized  at  commencement  date  based  on  the  present  value  of  lease  payments  over  the  lease  term.  ROU  assets 
represent the Company's "right-of-use" over an underlying asset for the lease term, and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from 
the lease. ROU assets include cumulative prepaid or accrued rent, as well as lease incentives, initial direct costs and acquired lease contracts. The short term lease exception 
has been applied to leases with an initial term of 12 months or less and these leases are not recorded within the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

As most of the Company's leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in 
determining the present value of lease payments. The Company uses the implicit rate when readily determinable. Lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the 
lease term.

For  leases  that  include  one  or  more  options  to  renew,  the  exercise  of  such  renewal  options  is  at  the  Company's  sole  discretion  or  mutual  agreement  with  the  landlord.  The 
Company’s lease term may include renewal options that are at the Company’s sole discretion and are reasonably certain to be exercised. Equipment and vehicle leases also 
include options to purchase the leased property. The depreciable life of assets and leasehold improvements are limited by the expected lease term, unless there is a transfer of 
title or purchase option reasonably certain of exercise.

Variable lease components comprising of payments that are a percentage of parking services revenue based on contractual levels and rental payments adjusted periodically for 
inflation are not included in the lease liability. The Company's lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.

As discussed in Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices, the Company tests ROU assets when impairment indicators are present.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company determined impairment testing triggers had occurred for an ROU asset associated with a certain asset group within 
the Commercial segment. Therefore, the Company performed an undiscounted cash flow analysis for the ROU asset as of December 31, 2022. Based on the undiscounted 
cash flow analysis, the Company determined the ROU asset had a net carrying value that exceeded its estimated undiscounted future cash flows and the fair value for the ROU 
asset. The fair value of the ROU asset measured on a non-recurring basis, which was classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy, was determined based on estimates of 
future discounted cash flows. The estimated fair value was compared to the net carrying value, and as a result, the ROU asset held and used with a carrying amount of $8.4 
million  was  determined  to  have  a  fair  value  of  $4.7  million,  resulting  in  an  impairment  charge  of  $3.7  million.  The  impairment  charge  of  $3.7  million  during  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2022 was included in Lease impairment within the Consolidated Statements of Income. Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company 
recorded  impairment  charges  of  $3.6  million,  of  which  $3.5  million  and  $0.1  million  were  recorded  in  the  Commercial  and  Aviation  segments,  respectively.  The  impairment 
charge of $3.6 during the year ended December 31, 2021 was included in Lease Impairment within the Consolidated Statements of Income. 

In April 2020, the FASB provided accounting elections for entities that receive or provide lease-related concessions to mitigate the economic effects of the COVID-19 pandemic 
("COVID-19")  on  lessees.  The  Company  elected  not  to  evaluate  whether  certain  concessions  provided  by  lessors  in  response  to  COVID-19,  that  are  within  the  scope  of 
additional interpretation provided by the FASB in April 2020, were lease modifications and also elected not to apply modification guidance. These concessions were recognized 
as a reduction of rent expense in the month they occurred and were recorded in Cost of services - lease type contracts within the Consolidated Statements of Income.

As a result of COVID-19, the Company was able to negotiate lease concessions with certain landlords. These rent concessions were recorded in accordance with the guidance 
noted above. Accordingly, the Company recorded $4.1 million, $6.2 million and $16.6 million as a reduction to Cost of services - lease type contracts within the Consolidated 
Statements of Income during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. 

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Costs associated with the right to use the infrastructure on service concession arrangements are recorded as a reduction of revenue in accordance with the scope of ASU No. 
2017-10,  Service  Concession  Arrangements  (Topic  853):  Determining  the  Customer  of  the  Operation  Services.  See  Note  4.  Revenue  for  further  discussion  on  service 
concession arrangements.

The components of ROU assets and lease liabilities and the classification within the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows:

(millions)
Assets

Operating
Finance

Total leased assets
Liabilities
Current

Operating
Finance
Noncurrent

Operating
Finance

Total lease liabilities

  Classification

  Right-of-use assets
  Property and equipment, net

  Short-term lease liabilities
  Current portion of long-term borrowings

  Long-term lease liabilities
  Long-term borrowings, excluding current portion

2023

2022

179.4     $
24.6    
204.0     $

56.2     $
7.5    

158.0    
16.6    
238.3     $

166.9  
24.4  
191.3  

60.2  
7.2  

158.5  
16.0  
241.9  

  $

  $

  $

  $

The components of lease cost and classification within the Consolidated Statements of Income during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 were as follows:

(millions)

Operating lease (a)(b)
Short-term lease (a)
Variable lease

Operating lease cost
Finance lease cost

Amortization of leased assets
Interest on lease liabilities

Lease Impairment
Net lease cost
(a)

  Classification
  Cost of services - lease type contracts
  Cost of services - lease type contracts
  Cost of services - lease type contracts

  Depreciation and amortization

Interest expense
  Lease impairment

2023

2022

2021

60.6  
19.9  
84.7  
165.2  

6.7  
1.3  
—  
173.2  

  $

  $

61.6     $
19.4      
72.1      
153.1      

5.9      
1.0      
3.7      
163.7     $

57.5  
15.9  
36.7  
110.1  

5.7  
1.0  
3.6  
120.4  

  $

  $

Included expense related to leases for office space recorded in General and administrative expenses within the Consolidated Statements of Income of $3.8 million, $4.0 million and $4.1 million during the years 
ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Included rent concessions of $4.1 million, $6.2 million and $16.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(b)

Sublease income during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $2.1 million, $1.4 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

The Company entered into new operating lease arrangements as of December 31, 2023 that commence in future periods. The total amount of ROU assets and lease liabilities 
related to these arrangements are immaterial.

Maturities, lease term and discount rate information of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2023 were as follows:

(millions)
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
After 2028
Total lease payments
Less: Imputed interest
Present value of lease liabilities
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)
Weighted-average discount rate

Operating
Leases

Finance
Leases

Total

  $

  $

66.1     $
53.7    
41.6    
27.8    
21.7    
36.0    
246.9    
32.7    
214.2     $
5.1    
5.6 % 

8.7     $
6.5    
5.2    
3.1    
1.7    
2.0    
27.2    
3.1    
24.1     $
4.0    
5.9 % 

Future sublease income for the periods shown above was excluded as the amounts are not material.

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 were as follows:

(millions)
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities

Operating cash outflows related to operating leases
Operating cash outflows related to interest on finance leases
Financing cash outflows related to finance leases

Leased assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities
Leased assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease liabilities

4. Revenue

2023

2022

2021

  $

88.7     $
1.3    
7.8    
69.4    
9.0    

91.5     $
1.0    
9.6    
22.2    
10.1    

74.8  
60.2  
46.8  
30.9  
23.4  
38.0  
274.1  
35.8  
238.3  

96.4  
1.0  
7.7  
40.7  
0.4  

The  Company  recognizes  revenue  when  control  of  the  promised  goods  or  services  is  transferred  to  customers  at  an  amount  that  reflects  the  consideration  to  which  the 
Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services.

42

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
   
 
 
 
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Contracts with customers and clients

The  Company  accounts  for  a  contract  when  it  has  the  approval  and  commitment  from  both  parties,  the  rights  of  the  parties  are  identified,  payment  terms  are  identified,  the 
contract  has  commercial  substance  and  collectability  of  consideration  is  probable.  Once  a  contract  is  identified,  the  Company  evaluates  whether  the  contract  should  be 
accounted for as more than one performance obligation. Substantially all of the Company's revenues come from the following two types of arrangements: Management type and 
Lease type contracts.

Management type contracts

Management type contract revenue consists of management fees, including both fixed and performance-based fees, and in some cases e-commerce technology fees, customer 
convenience fees and monthly subscription fees related to the use of the Company's technology solutions. In exchange for this consideration, the Company may have a bundle 
of integrated services that comprise one performance obligation and include services such as managing the facility, as well as ancillary services such as accounting, equipment 
leasing,  consulting,  insurance  and  other  value-added  services.  Management  type  contract  revenues  do  not  include  gross  customer  collections  at  the  managed  facilities,  as 
these revenues belong to the property owners rather than to the Company. Management type contracts generally provide the Company with management fees regardless of the 
operating performance of the underlying facilities. Revenue is recognized over time as the Company provides services over the term of the contract.

Lease type contracts

Lease type contract revenue includes gross receipts (net of local taxes), e-commerce technology fees and customer convenience fees. Performance obligations related to lease 
type  contracts  include  parking  for  transient  and  monthly  parkers.  Revenue  is  recognized  over  time  as  the  Company  provides  services.  Under  lease  type  arrangements,  the 
Company pays the property owner a fixed base rent, percentage rent that is tied to the facility’s financial performance, or a combination of both. The Company operates the 
parking facility and is responsible for most operating expenses, but typically is not responsible for major maintenance, capital expenditures or real estate taxes.

Service concession arrangements

Certain expenses (primarily rental expense), as well as depreciation and amortization, related to service concession arrangements for lease type contracts, are recorded as a 
reduction of Service revenue - lease type contracts.

The Company recorded $11.1 million, $12.0 million and $24.4 million of cost concessions related to service concession arrangements (recognized as an increase to revenue) 
during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Contract modifications and taxes

Contracts are often modified to account for changes in contract specifications and requirements. The Company considers contract modifications to exist when the parties to the 
contract have approved changes to or have new enforceable rights and obligations, which may include changes to the contract consideration due to the Company or creates 
new performance obligations. The Company assesses whether a contract modification results in either a new separate contract, the termination of the existing contract and the 
creation of a new contract, or modifies the existing contract. Typically, modifications are accounted for prospectively.

Taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction, which are collected by the Company from a 
customer, are excluded from revenue.

Reimbursed management type contract revenue and expense

For certain management type contracts, the Company recognizes both revenues and expenses, in equal amounts, that are directly reimbursed from the property owner or client 
for operating expenses incurred by the Company on behalf of the clients. The Company has determined it is the principal in these transactions, as the nature of its performance 
obligations is for the Company to provide the services on behalf of the client. As the principal to these related transactions, the Company has control of the promised services 
before they are transferred to the client.

Disaggregation of revenue

The Company disaggregates its revenue from contracts with customers by type of arrangement for each of the reportable segments. The Company has concluded that such 
disaggregation of revenue best depicts the overall economic nature, timing and uncertainty of the Company's revenue and cash flows affected by the economic factors of the 
respective contractual arrangement. See Note 17. Segment Information for further information on disaggregation of the Company's revenue by segment.

Performance obligations

A  performance  obligation  is  a  promise  in  a  contract  to  transfer  a  distinct  good  or  service  to  the  customer  or  client,  and  is  the  unit  of  account  under  Topic  606.  The  contract 
transaction  price  is  allocated  to  each  distinct  performance  obligation  and  recognized  as  revenue  when,  or  as,  the  performance  obligation  is  satisfied.  The  majority  of  the 
Company’s  contracts  have  a  single  performance  obligation  that  is  not  separately  identifiable  from  other  promises  in  the  contract  and  therefore  not  distinct,  comprising  the 
promise to provide an integrated bundle of monthly services or parking services for transient or monthly parkers.

The contract price is generally deemed to be the transaction price. Some management type contracts include performance incentives that are based on variable performance 
measures. These incentives are constrained at contract inception and recognized once the customer has confirmed that the Company has met the contractually agreed upon 
performance measures as defined in the contract.

The  Company’s  performance  obligations  are  primarily  satisfied  over  time  as  the  Company  provides  the  related  services.  For  management  type  contracts,  the  Company  is 
generally entitled to receive base management fees and, in some cases, an incentive management fee, which is generally based on a measure of the parking facility’s revenue 
or  profitability.  There  are  certain  management  type  contracts  where  revenue  is  recognized  based  on  costs  incurred  to  date  plus  a  reasonable  margin.  The  Company  has 
concluded this is a faithful depiction of how control is transferred to the customer. The Company recognizes the base management fees on a monthly basis over the term of the 
contract. For contracts that include incentive management fees, the Company recognizes incentive management fees on a monthly basis over the term of the contract based on 
each  parking  facility’s  financial  results,  as  long  as  the  Company  does  not  expect  a  significant  reversal  due  to  projected  future  performance.  For  lease  type  contracts,  the 
Company  typically  recognizes  revenue  on  a  daily  basis,  as  the  customers  utilize  the  Company's  services  and  products  and  the  Company  has  performed  its  performance 
obligations.

The time between completion of the performance obligation and collection of cash is typically not more than 30 - 60 days. In certain contractual arrangements, such as monthly 
parker contracts, the payment is typically collected in advance of the Company commencing its performance obligations under the contractual arrangement.

43

 
 
Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2023, the Company had $199.3 million related to performance obligations that were unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied for which the Company expects to 
recognize revenue. This amount excludes variable consideration primarily related to contracts where the Company and customer share the gross revenues or operating profit for 
the  location  and  contracts  where  transaction  prices  include  performance  incentives  that  are  constrained  at  contract  inception.  These  performance  incentives  are  based  on 
measures that are ascertained exclusively by future performance and therefore cannot be estimated at contract inception by the Company. The Company applies the practical
expedient that permits exclusion of information about the remaining performance obligations that have original expected durations of one year or less.

The Company expects to recognize the remaining performance obligations as revenue in future periods as follows:

(millions)
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029 and thereafter
Total

Contract balances

Remaining Performance  

Obligations

$

$

75.4  
47.4  
34.0  
21.0  
8.6  
12.9  
199.3  

The timing of revenue recognition, billings and cash collections results in accounts receivable, contract assets and contract liabilities. Accounts receivable represent amounts 
where the Company has an unconditional right to the consideration and therefore only the passage of time is required for the Company to receive consideration due from the 
customer  or  client.  Both  management  and  lease  type  contracts  have  customers  and  clients  where  amounts  are  billed  as  work  progresses  or  in  advance  in  accordance  with 
agreed-upon contractual terms. Billing may occur subsequent to or prior to revenue recognition, resulting in contract assets and liabilities. The Company, on occasion, receives 
advances or deposits from customers and clients before revenue is recognized, resulting in the recognition of contract liabilities.

Contract assets and liabilities are reported on a contract-by-contract basis and are included in Accounts receivable, net and Accrued and other current liabilities, respectively, 
within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. See Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices for additional discussion on the write-off of accounts receivable. There were 
no impairment charges recorded on contract assets and liabilities during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021. 

The following table provides information about accounts receivable, contract assets and contract liabilities with customers and clients as of December 31, 2023 and 2022:

(millions)
Accounts receivable
Contract asset
Contract liability

  $

2023

2022

181.9     $
1.2    
(17.5 )  

169.9  
1.8  
(17.4 )

Changes in contract assets, which include the recognition of additional consideration due from the client, are offset by reclassifications of contract asset balances to accounts 
receivable  when  the  Company  obtains  an  unconditional  right  to  consideration,  thereby  establishing  an  accounts  receivable.  The  following  table  provides  information  about 
changes to contract assets during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

(millions)
Balance, beginning of year
Additional contract assets
Reclassification to accounts receivable
Balance, end of year

  $

  $

2023

2022

1.8     $
1.2    
(1.8 )  
1.2     $

2.3  
1.8  
(2.3 )
1.8  

Changes  in  contract  liabilities  primarily  include  additional  contract  liabilities  and  reductions  of  contract  liabilities  when  revenue  is  recognized.  The  following  table  provides 
information about changes to contract liabilities during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022: 

(millions)
Balance, beginning of year
Acquisitions
Additional contract liabilities
Recognition of revenue from contract liabilities
Balance, end of year

Cost of contracts, net

  $

  $

2023

2022

(17.4 )   $
—  
(17.5 )  
17.4  
(17.5 )   $

(15.7 )
(1.1 )
(16.4 )
15.8  
(17.4 )

Cost of contracts, net, represents the cost of obtaining contractual rights associated with providing services for management type contracts. Costs are amortized on a straight-
line basis over the estimated life of the contracts, including anticipated renewals and terminations. The amortization period is consistent with the timing of when the Company 
satisfies the related performance obligations. Estimated lives are based on the contract life.

Cost of contracts, net, as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 was as follows:

(millions)
Cost of contracts
Accumulated amortization
Cost of contracts, net

  $

  $

44

December 31,

2023

2022

20.9  
(18.7 )  
2.2  

  $

  $

23.3  
(20.4 )
2.9  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Cost  of  contracts  expense  related  to  service  concession  arrangements  and  certain  management  type  contracts  are  recorded  as  a  reduction  of  revenue.  Cost  of  contracts 
expense  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023,  2022  and  2021,  which  was  included  as  a  reduction  to  Services  revenue  –  management  type  contracts  within  the 
Consolidated Statements of Income, was as follows:

(millions)
Cost of contracts expense
Weighted average life (years)

5. Net Income per Common Share

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

  $

0.9     $
7.4    

1.0     $
7.1    

1.0  
7.0  

Basic  net  income  per  common  share  is  computed  by  dividing  net  income  by  the  weighted  daily  average  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  outstanding  during  the  period. 
Diluted net income per common share is based upon the weighted daily average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period plus all potentially dilutive 
stock-based  awards,  including  restricted  stock  and  performance  share  units,  using  the  treasury-stock  method.  Unvested  performance  share  units  are  excluded  from  the 
computation of weighted average diluted common shares outstanding if the performance targets upon which the issuance of the shares is contingent have not been achieved 
and the respective performance period has not been completed as of the end of the period. 

Basic  and  diluted  net  income  per  common  share  and  a  reconciliation  of  the  weighted  average  basic  common  shares  outstanding  to  the  weighted  average  diluted  common 
shares outstanding during the years ending December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was as follows:

(millions, except share and per share data)
Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding
Dilutive impact of share-based awards
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
Net income per common share

Basic
Diluted

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

  $

31.1  
19,670,918  
110,470  
19,781,388  

  $

45.2  
20,809,363  
197,705  
21,007,068  

2021

31.7  
21,166,323  
213,660  
21,379,983  

1.58  
1.57  

  $
  $

2.17  
2.15  

  $
  $

1.50  
1.48  

  $

  $
  $

There were no additional securities that could dilute basic earnings per share in the future that were not included in the computation of diluted net income per common share, 
other than those disclosed.

6. Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures stock-based compensation expense at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award based on assumptions, primarily the stock price, 
as  of  the  grant  date.  The  expense  is  recognized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  requisite  employee  service  period  or  performance  period  (generally  the  vesting  period)  for 
awards expected to vest. For stock grants in which there is no requisite service period, the Company immediately recognizes the compensation expense. If an award is later 
modified,  the  Company  may  measure  the  award  based  on  the  estimated  fair  value  at  the  modification  date  and  recognize  expense  over  the  remaining  requisite  employee 
service period or performance period. The Company accounts for forfeitures of stock-based awards as they occur.

The Company has an amended and restated long-term incentive plan (the "Plan") under which the Company may grant future awards. In March 2021, the Board approved an 
amendment to the Plan that increased the number of shares of common stock available under the Plan from 3,775,000 to 4,775,000. The Company's stockholders approved the 
Plan amendment in May 2021. Forfeited awards under the Plan generally become available for reissuance. As of December 31, 2023, 832,273 shares remained available for 
grant under the Plan.

Stock Grants

Stock-based compensation expense related to vested stock grants were included in General and administrative expenses within the Consolidated Statements of Income. The 
Company’s vested stock grants to the Board and related expense for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, was as follows:

(millions, except stock grants)
Vested stock grants
Stock-based compensation expense

Restricted Stock Units ("RSU's")

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

  $

18,660  
0.6  

  $

14,635    

0.4     $

2021

13,420  
0.5  

During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company granted 126,931 restricted stock units to certain executives that vest over three years.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company granted 1,057 and 187,574 restricted stock units to certain executives and employees at a weighted average grant-
date fair value of $31.82 that vest over one and three years, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company granted 160,843 and 152,659 restricted stock units to certain executives and employees at a weighted average grant-
date fair value of $34.45 that vested over two and three years, respectively.

On  October  23,  2023,  the  Board  approved  a  change  in  the  vesting  date  for  the  RSU’s  granted  in  2021  that  were  originally  expected  to  vest  as  of  December  31,  2023,  to 
December 1, 2023. The change in the vesting date was considered a Type 1 modification, as the acceleration of the vesting date did not change the expectation that the awards 
would ultimately vest, and accordingly, the remaining compensation expense related to the awards was recognized and did not result in any additional compensation expense.

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Nonvested RSU's as of December 31, 2023, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2023 were as follows:

Nonvested as of December 31, 2022
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Nonvested as of December 31, 2023

Shares

338,448     $
126,931    
(167,620 )  
(6,972 )  
290,787     $

Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

33.28  
34.57  
35.00  
33.83  
32.89  

During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2022  and  2021,  188,887  and  5,615  RSU's,  respectively,  vested  at  a  weighted  average  grant-date  fair  value  of  $33.88  and  $26.71, 
respectively. 

The  Company's  stock-based  compensation  expense  related  to  RSU's  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023,  2022  and  2021,  which  was  included  in  General  and 
administrative expenses within the Consolidated Statements of Income, was as follows:

(millions)
Stock-based compensation expense

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

  $

5.1  

  $

5.7     $

4.6  

Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to RSU's and the respective weighted average periods in which the expense will be recognized as of December 31, 
2023 was as follows:

(millions)
Unrecognized stock-based compensation
Weighted average (years)

Performance Share Units (“PSU’s”)

Year Ended December 31,
2023

$

5.4  
1.7  

In September 2014, the Board authorized a performance-based incentive program under the Plan (“Performance-based Incentive Program”), whereby the Company may issue 
PSU’s to certain individuals that represent shares potentially issuable in the future. The objective of the Performance-Based Incentive Program is to link compensation to 
business performance, encourage the ownership of the Company’s common stock, retain key employees and reward executives' performance. The Performance-Based 
Incentive Program provides participants with the opportunity to earn vested common stock if certain performance targets are achieved over the cumulative three-year period 
starting in the year of grant and the participants satisfy service-based vesting requirements. The stock-based compensation expense associated with PSU’s is recognized on a 
straight-line basis over the shorter of the vesting period or minimum service period and dependent upon the probable outcome of the number of shares that will ultimately be 
issued based on the achievement of  the performance target defined in the award over the cumulative three-year period.  

The Company granted awards during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 of 126,921, 132,304 and 50,868, respectively, under the Performance-Based 
Incentive Program at a weighted average grant-date fair value of $34.57, $30.80 and $34.97, respectively. The performance target for the PSU awards is based on the 
achievement of a certain level of operating income, excluding depreciation and amortization, subject to certain discretionary adjustments by the Board, over three-year 
performance periods. The ultimate number of shares issued could change depending on the Company's results over the performance period. The maximum amount of shares 
that could be issued for the PSU awards granted in 2023 ("2023 PSU's") and 2022 ("2022 PSU's") are 253,842 and 258,114, respectively. The Company is currently recognizing 
expense for the 2023 PSU's and 2022 PSU's based on an expected payout of 129,459 shares and 196,167 shares, respectively.

On October 23, 2023, the Board approved a change in the vesting date for the PSU’s granted in 2021 (“2021 PSU’s”) that were originally expected to vest as of December 31, 
2023, to December 1, 2023. In addition, the Board approved the maximum payout for the awards. The Company had been recognizing expense based on the maximum payout 
before the modification. The changes to the 2021 PSU’s noted above were considered a Type 1 modification, as the fair value of the awards before and after the modification 
were the same, and accordingly, the remaining compensation expense related to the 2021 PSU’s was recognized and did not result in any additional compensation expense.

Nonvested PSU’s as of December 31, 2023, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2023 were as follows:

(1)

Nonvested as of December 31, 2022
Granted
2021 PSU's
Vested
Forfeited
Nonvested as of December 31, 2023

Shares

177,605     $
126,921    
47,730    
(95,460 )  
(5,334 )  
251,462     $

Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

31.94  
34.57  
34.97  
34.97  
33.48  
32.66  

(1)

During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company issued an additional 47,730 shares due to the maximum performance targets being achieved for the 2021 PSU’s. As noted above, the 2021 
PSU’s vested on December 1, 2023.

During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2022  and  2021,  80,979 and 112,328  PSU’s,  respectively,  expired  at  a  weighted  average  grant-date  fair  value  of  $37.89  and  $33.28, 
respectively, due to the performance targets not being met. 

46

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The  Company's  stock-based  compensation  expense  related  to  PSU’s  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023,  2022  and  2021,  which  was  included  in  General  and 
administrative expenses within the Consolidated Statements of Income, was as follows:

(millions)
Stock-based compensation expense

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

  $

4.7  

  $

2.9     $

1.0  

Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to PSU’s based on current projections and the respective weighted average periods in which the expense will be 
recognized as of December 31, 2023 was as follows:

(millions)
Unrecognized stock-based compensation
Weighted average (years)

Year Ended December 31,
2023

$

5.1  
1.6  

The Company could recognize additional future stock-based compensation of $4.2 million and $1.9 million for the 2023 PSU's and 2022 PSU's, respectively, if the maximum 
performance targets are achieved.

7. Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment, and the related accumulated depreciation and amortization as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, were as follows:

(millions)
Equipment
Software
Vehicles
Other

Leasehold improvements
Construction in progress
Property and equipment, gross
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
Property and equipment, net

Estimated Useful Life
1 - 10 Years
3 Years
1 - 10 Years
3 Years
Shorter of lease term or economic life up to
10 years

  $

December 31

2023

2022

58.9     $
74.2    
40.4    
1.5    

16.8    
9.1    
200.9    
(132.6 )  

  $

68.3     $

54.5  
61.0  
39.0  
1.3  

16.7  
6.9  
179.4  
(119.2 )
60.2  

Asset  additions  are  recorded  at  cost,  which  includes  interest  on  significant  projects.  Depreciation  is  recorded  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  estimated  useful  lives.  For 
leasehold improvements, depreciation is recorded over the estimated useful life or the terms of the respective leases, whichever is shorter. Property and equipment is reviewed 
for impairment when conditions indicate an impairment may be present. If the assets are determined to be impaired, they are either written down to their estimated fair value or 
the useful life is adjusted to the remaining period of the estimated remaining useful life.

The Company's depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, which was included in 
Depreciation and amortization expense within the Consolidated Statements of Income, was as follows:

(millions)
Depreciation expense and amortization

8. Other Intangible Assets, net

The components of other intangible assets, net, as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, were as follows:

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

  $

24.1  

  $

19.8     $

16.4  

(millions)
Management contract rights
Proprietary know how
Customer relationships
Trade names and trademarks
Covenant not to compete
Other intangible assets, net

2023

2022

December 31,

  Weighted
Average
Life
(Years)

Intangible    

Intangible    

Intangible    

Intangible  

  Assets,
Gross

    Accumulated    
    Amortization    

Assets,
Net

    Assets,
    Gross

    Accumulated    
    Amortization    

Assets,
Net

5.6  
6.1  
7.8  
12.5  
3.7  
6.5  

  $

  $

81.0  
24.1  
25.1  
3.0  
2.9  
136.1  

  $

  $

(58.0 )   $
(6.2 )    
(8.9 )    
(1.2 )    
(2.1 )    
(76.4 )   $

23.0     $
17.9      
16.2      
1.8      
0.8      
59.7     $

81.0     $
21.7      
24.8      
2.8      
2.9      
133.2     $

(52.9 )   $
(2.7 )    
(6.6 )    
(0.7 )    
(1.4 )    
(64.3 )   $

28.1  
19.0  
18.2  
2.1  
1.5  
68.9  

Amortization expense related to other intangible assets during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, which was included in Depreciation and amortization within 
the Consolidated Statements of Income, was as follows:

(millions)
Amortization expense

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

  $

12.0  

  $

9.9     $

8.7  

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The expected future amortization of other intangible assets as of December 31, 2023 was as follows:

(millions)
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029 and thereafter
Total

9. Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows:

Intangible asset
amortization

$

$

(millions)
Net book values as of January 1, 2022

Goodwill
Accumulated impairment losses

Total

Acquisitions
Foreign currency translation

Net book value as of December 31, 2022

Goodwill
Accumulated impairment losses

Total

Acquisitions
Foreign currency translation

Net book value as of December 31, 2023

Goodwill
Accumulated impairment losses

Total

10. Fair Value Measurement

Fair Value Measurements-Recurring Basis

Commercial

Aviation

Total

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

377.1     $
—    
377.1     $
10.1    
(0.2 )  

387.0     $
—    
387.0     $
1.0    
0.1    

388.1     $
—    
388.1     $

209.0     $
(59.5 )  
149.5     $
6.2    
0.5    

215.7     $
(59.5 )  
156.2     $
—    
0.3    

216.0     $
(59.5 )  
156.5     $

11.6  
10.5  
10.0  
6.9  
6.6  
14.1  
59.7  

586.1  
(59.5 )
526.6  
16.3  
0.3  

602.7  
(59.5 )
543.2  
1.0  
0.4  

604.1  
(59.5 )
544.6  

In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches within the fair value measurement framework. Fair value measurements are determined based on the 
assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Applicable accounting literature establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that 
maximizes  the  use  of  observable  inputs  and  minimizes  the  use  of  unobservable  inputs  by  requiring  that  the  most  observable  inputs  be  used  when  available.  The  fair  value 
hierarchy is based on observable or unobservable inputs to valuation techniques that are used to measure fair value. Observable inputs reflect assumptions market participants 
would use in pricing an asset or liability based on market data obtained from independent sources while unobservable inputs reflect the Company's pricing based upon its own 
market assumptions. Applicable accounting literature defines levels within the hierarchy based on the reliability of inputs as follows:

•

•

•

Level 1: Inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Inputs are quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in an active market, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not 
active,  and  inputs  other  than  quoted  prices  that  are  observable  and  market-corroborated  inputs,  which  are  derived  principally  from  or  corroborated  by  observable 
market data.

Level 3: Inputs that are derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or value drivers are unobservable.

Cash and cash equivalents are financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis. See Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices for further discussion. 

Contingent consideration liabilities are measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs under the fair value hierarchy. The Company is subject to contingent 
consideration arrangements in connection with the acquisition of certain assets of DIRVT, as well as the purchase of a former minority partner’s share in a joint venture with the 
Company.  Liabilities  for  contingent  consideration  are  measured  at  fair  value  each  reporting  period,  with  the  acquisition-date  fair  value  for  DIVRT  included  as  part  of  the 
consideration payable for the acquired assets and subsequent changes in fair value recorded in operating expenses within the Consolidated Statements of Income. Subsequent 
changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration related to the purchase of a former minority partner’s share in a joint venture are recorded in Additional paid-in capital 
within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. See Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices and Note 2. Acquisitions for further discussion.

Changes to the contingent consideration during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows:

(millions)
Balance, beginning of year
Acquisitions
Additions
Changes in fair value
Balance, end of year

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements

2023

2022

$

$

4.1    
—    
1.0    
0.4    
5.5    

$

$

—  
4.0  
—  
0.1  
4.1  

Certain assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, generally as a result of acquisitions or the remeasurement of assets resulting in impairment charges. The 
purchase price of business acquisitions is primarily allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based 

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

on their estimated fair values on the acquisition dates, with the excess, if applicable, recorded as goodwill. The Company utilizes Level 3 inputs in the determination of the initial 
fair value using certain assumptions. 

Non-financial assets, such as goodwill, other intangible assets, and property and equipment are subsequently measured at fair value when there is an indicator of impairment 
and recorded at fair value when impairment is recognized. The Company assesses the impairment of intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate 
that the carrying amount of an intangible asset may not be recoverable. The fair value of the Company’s goodwill or  other intangible assets are not estimated if there is no 
change in events or circumstances that indicate the carrying amount of the goodwill and intangible assets may not be recoverable. During the years ended December 31, 2022 
and 2021, the Company measured certain assets at fair value, which resulted in impairment charges. The fair value of these assets were determined using a discounted cash 
flow (“DCF”) model, which estimated the present value of net cash flows that the asset or asset group was expected to generate. The key inputs to the DCF model included the 
Company’s future projections of cash operating income, capital expenditures and current discount rates.

During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company did not recognize impairment charges.

For those assets and asset groups for which impairment was recorded, the fair value as of the measurement date, net book value as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the
related impairment charges during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, were as follows:

(millions)
ROU assets
Total of ROU assets impaired

Measurement Date
December 31, 2022

Impairment 
Charge

Fair Value Measurement 
(Level 3)

$
$

3.7  
3.7  

$
$

4.7    
4.7    

Year ended December 31, 2022

As of Measurement Date

(millions)
ROU assets
ROU assets
Total of ROU assets impaired

Measurement Date
March 31, 2021
September 30, 2021

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value

Year ended December 31, 2021

As of Measurement Date

Impairment 
Charge

Fair Value Measurement 
(Level 3)

$

$

0.1  
3.5  
3.6  

$

$

—    
2.0    
2.0    

As of 

December 31, 2022  

Net Book Value of 
Assets Assessed for 
Impairment

$

4.7  

As of 

December 31, 2021  

Net Book Value of 
Assets Assessed for 
Impairment

$

1.9  

The fair value of the Senior Credit Facility and other obligations approximates the carrying amount due to variable interest rates and would be classified as Level 2 in the fair 
value hierarchy. See Note 11. Borrowing Arrangements for further information.

11. Borrowing Arrangements

Long-term borrowings, as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, in order of preference, were as follows:

(millions)
Senior Credit Facility, net of original discount on borrowings 
Other borrowings 
Deferred financing costs

(2)

(1)

Total obligations

Less: Current portion of long-term borrowings

Long-term borrowings, excluding current portion

Maturity Date
April 21, 2027
Various

Amount Outstanding
December 31,

2023

2022

  $

  $

328.6     $
25.2    
(1.7 )  
352.1    
16.5    
335.6     $

(1)
(2)

Included discount on borrowings of $0.9 million and $1.3 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Included finance lease liabilities of $24.1 million and $23.2 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. See Note 3. Leases for further discussion.

The future maturities of debt, including finance leases, as of December 31, 2023, were as follows:

(millions)
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter
Total

Senior Credit Facility

$

$

322.3  
24.3  
(2.4 )
344.2  
12.4  
331.8  

17.4  
15.7  
14.7  
303.6  
1.6  
1.8  
354.8  

On April 21, 2022 (the “Fifth Amendment Effective Date”), the Company entered into a fifth amendment (the “Fifth Amendment”) to the Company’s credit agreement (as 
amended prior to the Fifth Amendment Effective Date, the “Credit Agreement”; the Credit Agreement, as amended by the Fifth Amendment, the “Amended Credit Agreement”) 
with Bank of America, N.A. (“Bank of America”), as Administrative Agent, swing-line lender and a letter of credit issuer; certain subsidiaries of the Company, as guarantors; and 
the lenders party thereto (the “Lenders”), pursuant to which the Lenders have made available to the Company a senior secured credit facility (the “Senior Credit Facility”). The 
Senior Credit Facility permits aggregate borrowings of $600.0 million consisting of (i) a revolving credit facility of up to $400.0 million at any time outstanding, which includes a 
letter of credit facility that is limited to $100.0 million at any time outstanding, and (ii) a term loan facility of $200.0 million. The maturity date of the Senior Credit Facility is April 
21, 2027. 

49

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2023, the Company was in compliance with its debt covenants under the Amended Credit Agreement.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company had $36.9 million of letters of credit outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility and borrowings against the Senior Credit Facility 
aggregated to $329.5 million.

The weighted average interest rate on the Company's Senior Credit Facility was 6.5% and 5.6% during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. That rate 
included the letters of credit for both years and interest rate collars during the year ended December 31, 2022. The weighted average interest rate on all outstanding borrowings, 
not including letters of credit, was 7.0% and 6.0% during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company incurred approximately $2.5 million and $1.3 million for fees and other customary closing costs in 
connection with the Fifth Amendment and the fourth amendment to the Credit Agreement, respectively.

Interest Rate Collars

In May 2019, the Company entered into three-year interest rate collar contracts with an aggregate notional amount of $222.3 million. The interest rate collar contracts matured in 
April 2022. The interest rate collars were used to manage interest rate risk associated with variable interest rate borrowings under the Credit Agreement. The interest rate collars 
established a range where the Company paid the counterparties if the one-month London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") fell below the established floor rate, and the 
counterparties paid the Company if the one-month LIBOR exceeded the established ceiling rate of 2.5%. The interest rate collars settled monthly through the maturity date. No 
payments or receipts were exchanged on the interest rate collar contracts unless interest rates rose above or fell below the pre-determined ceiling or floor rates. The notional 
amount amortized consistently with the term loan portion of the Senior Credit Facility under the Credit Agreement prior to the third amendment to the Credit Agreement (the 
“Third Amendment”). The fair value of the interest rate collars was a Level 2 fair value measurement, as the fair value was determined based on quoted prices of similar 
instruments in active markets. 

On May 6, 2020, concurrent with entering into the Third Amendment, the Company de-designated the interest rate collars. Prior to de-designation, the effective portion of the 
change in the fair value of the interest rate collars was reported in Accumulated other comprehensive loss. Upon de-designation, the balance in Accumulated other 
comprehensive loss was being reclassified to Other expense within the Consolidated Statements of Income on a straight-line basis through April 2022, which was over the 
remaining life for which the interest rate collars had previously been designated as cash flow hedges. Changes in the fair value of the interest rate collars after de-designation 
were included in Other expense within the Consolidated Statements of Income. During the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, $0.8 million and $2.5 million was paid in 
interest related to the interest rate collars, respectively.

See Note 15. Comprehensive Income for the amount reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive loss to Other expense within the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Subordinated Convertible Debentures

The Company acquired Subordinated Convertible Debentures ("Convertible Debentures") as a result of the October 2, 2012 acquisition of Central Parking Corporation. As of 
October  2,  2012,  the  convertible  debentures  were  no  longer  redeemable  for  shares.  The  Convertible  Debentures  mature  April  1,  2028  at  $25  per  share.  The  subordinated 
debenture holders have the right to redeem the Convertible Debentures for $19.18 per share upon acceleration or earlier repayment of the Convertible Debentures. There were 
no  redemptions  of  Convertible  Debentures  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  respectively.  The  approximate  redemption  value  of  the  Convertible 
Debentures outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 was $1.1 million.

12. Stock Repurchase Program

In  February  2023,  the  Board  authorized  the  Company  to  repurchase,  on  the  open  market,  shares  of  the  Company’s  outstanding  common  stock  in  an  amount  not  to  exceed 
$60.0 million in aggregate. No shares have been repurchased under this program.

In May 2022, the Board authorized the Company to repurchase, on the open market, shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock in an amount not to exceed $60.0 
million in aggregate. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company repurchased 285,700 shares of common stock at an average price of $36.53 under this program. 
As of December 31, 2023, $0.2 million remained available for repurchase under this program.

As  of  December  31,  2023,  $60.2  million  remained  available  for  repurchase  under  the  May  2022  and  February  2023  stock  repurchase  programs.  Under  the  programs, 
repurchases of the Company's common stock may be made in open market transactions effected through a broker-dealer at prevailing market prices, in block trades or by other 
means  in  accordance  with  Rules  10b-18,  to  the  extent  relied  upon,  and  10b5-1  under  the  Exchange  Act  at  times  and  prices  considered  to  be  appropriate  at  the  Company's 
discretion.  The  stock  repurchase  programs  do  not  obligate  the  Company  to  repurchase  any  particular  amount  of  common  stock,  has  no  fixed  termination  date,  and  may  be 
suspended at any time at the Company's discretion.

As a condition of the Merger Agreement, beginning on October 4, 2023, the Company is restricted from repurchasing its common stock.

Stock repurchase activity under the May 2022 stock repurchase program for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 was as follows:

(millions, except for share and per share data)
Total number of shares repurchased
Average price paid per share
Total value of common stock repurchased

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

  $
  $

285,700  
36.53  
10.4  

  $
  $

1,474,300  
33.47  
49.4  

The Company recorded $0.1 million in Additional paid-in capital within the Consolidated Balance Sheets during the year ended December 31, 2023, related to the excise tax 
on net repurchases of common stock that was a provision of the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022.

The remaining authorized repurchase amount under the May 2022 and February 2023 stock repurchase programs as of December 31, 2023 was as follows:

(millions)
Total authorized repurchase amount
Total value of shares repurchased
Total remaining authorized repurchase amount

December 31, 2023

$

$

120.0  
59.8  
60.2  

50

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

13. Income Taxes

Earnings before income taxes during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, was as follows:

(millions)
United States
Foreign
Total

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

  $

  $

47.8     $
0.9    
48.7     $

65.1     $
0.5    
65.6     $

The components of income tax expense (benefit) during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 were as follows:

(millions)
Current

U.S. Federal
Foreign
State

Total current
Deferred

U.S. Federal
Foreign
State

Total deferred
Income tax expense

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

  $

  $

  $

8.2  
0.8  
3.6  
12.6  

1.3  
(0.5 )  
0.6  
1.4  
14.0  

  $

6.9     $
0.3    
2.7    
9.9    

5.1    
—    
2.5    
7.6    
17.5     $

44.8  
1.0  
45.8  

(3.2 )
0.2  
1.0  
(2.0 )

9.7  
0.1  
2.7  
12.5  
10.5  

Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for U.S. GAAP purposes and the amount used for 
income tax purposes.

The components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows:

(millions)
Deferred income tax assets

NOL carry forwards and tax credits
Lease liabilities
Accrued expenses
Accrued compensation
Depreciation
Other

Total deferred income tax assets
Valuation allowances
Net deferred income tax assets
Deferred income tax liabilities

ROU assets
Depreciation and amortization
Goodwill
Equity investments in unconsolidated entities
Other

Total deferred income tax liabilities
Total net deferred income tax asset

Amounts per Consolidated Balance Sheets

Deferred income tax assets
Deferred income tax liabilities (included in Other noncurrent liabilities)

Total net deferred income tax asset

December 31,

2023

2022

  $

17.7  
57.8  
16.7  
10.3  
27.6  
4.8  
134.9  

(6.8 )  

128.1  

(47.3 )  
(12.9 )  
(22.3 )  
(4.7 )  
(0.4 )  
(87.6 )  
40.5  

  $

42.8  
(2.3 )  
40.5  

  $

20.2  
59.0  
15.7  
10.2  
27.6  
0.2  
132.9  
(9.0 )
123.9  

(43.9 )
(13.5 )
(19.3 )
(5.1 )
(0.3 )
(82.1 )
41.8  

44.4  
(2.6 )
41.8  

  $

  $

  $

Changes affecting the valuation allowances on deferred tax assets during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, were as follows:

(millions)
Beginning Balance
Current year (benefit) expense
Ending Balance

2023

December 31,

2022

$

$

9.0  
(2.2 )  
6.8  

$

$

10.9    
(1.9 )  
9.0    

$

$

2021

10.7  
0.2  
10.9  

The  accounting  guidance  for  income  taxes  requires  the  Company  to  assess  the  realizability  of  deferred  tax  assets  at  each  reporting  period.  These  assessments  generally 
consider  several  factors  including  the  reversal  of  existing  temporary  differences,  projected  future  taxable  income  and  potential  tax  planning  strategies.  The  Company  has 
valuation allowances of $6.8 million and $9.0 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, primarily related to the Company’s state NOLs, foreign tax credits and 
state tax credits that the Company believes are not likely to be realized based on its estimates of future foreign and state taxable income, limitations on the uses of its state 
NOLs and the carryforward life over which the state tax benefit is realized.

The Company has $17.7 million of tax effected state NOLs, foreign tax credits and state tax credits as of December 31, 2023, which will expire in the years 2024 through 2043. 
As noted above, the utilization of NOLs of the Company are limited.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

A reconciliation of differences between the U.S. Federal statutory income tax rate and the Company's effective income tax rate during the years ended December 31, 2023, 
2022 and 2021, was as follows:

(percentages)
Tax at statutory rate
Permanent differences
State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit
Foreign taxes
Federal NOL carryback rate differential
Noncontrolling interest
Recognition of tax credits

Change in valuation allowance
Effective tax rate

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

21.0 %   
4.8 %   
11.6 %   
0.7 %   
—  
(1.6 )%   
(3.3 )%   
33.2 %   
(4.5 )%   
28.7 %   

21.0 %   
1.3 %   
10.0 %   
0.4 %   
—      
(0.9 )%   
(2.2 )%   
29.6 %   
(2.9 )%   
26.7 %   

21.0 %
1.4 %
6.8 %
0.5 %
(4.4 )%
(1.7 )%
(1.0 )%
22.6 %
0.3 %
22.9 %

Due to the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act in 2020, the Company was able to carry back its 2020 U.S. Federal taxable loss to the 2015 and 2016 tax years, 
which had a higher corporate tax rate. As a result, based on the Company’s initial estimates as of December 31, 2020, the Company recorded an income tax refund receivable 
of $15.4 as of December 31, 2020. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company finalized its 2020 U.S. Federal income tax return, which resulted in a $5.1 million 
increase of the income tax refund receivable, of which $2.0 million related to the additional benefit recognized due to the ability to carryback the Company’s 2020 U.S. Federal 
taxable loss to tax years 2015 and 2016. The $20.5 million income tax refund was received during the year ended December 31, 2022.

Taxes paid were $10.2 million, $13.8 million and $0.8 during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Taxes refunded were $0.2 million, $20.9 million 
and $0.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had not identified any uncertain tax positions that would have a material impact on the Company's financial position.

The Company would recognize potential interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, if any, in income tax expense. The tax years that remain subject to examination 
for the Company's major tax jurisdictions as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows:

2020 - 2023
2019 - 2023
2019 - 2023

14. Benefit Plans

Deferred Compensation Arrangements

  United States - federal income tax
  United States - state and local income tax
  Foreign - Canada and Puerto Rico

The  Company  offered  deferred  compensation  arrangements  for  certain  key  executives.  Certain  employees  are  offered  supplemental  pension  arrangements,  subject  to  their 
continued employment by the Company, in which the employees will receive a defined monthly benefit upon attaining age 65. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company 
had $2.7  million  and  $2.8  million,  respectively,  recorded  in  Other  noncurrent  liabilities  within  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets,  representing  the  present  value  of  the  future 
benefit payments. Expenses related to these plans was $0.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.

In addition, the Company has agreements with certain former executives that provide for aggregate annual payments over periods ranging from 10 years to life, beginning when 
the executive retires or upon death or disability. Under certain conditions, the amount of the deferred benefits can be reduced. Compensation cost was $0.2 during the years 
ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had $1.3 million and $1.4 million, respectively, recorded in Other noncurrent 
liabilities within the Consolidated Balance Sheets, associated with these agreements.

Life  insurance  contracts  with  a  face  value  of  approximately  $4.1  million  as  of  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  respectively,  have  been  purchased  to  fund,  as  necessary,  the 
benefits under the Company's deferred compensation agreements. The cash surrender value of the life insurance contracts was approximately $3.4 million and $3.3 million as 
of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and classified in Other noncurrent assets, net, within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The plan is a non-qualified plan and not 
subject to ERISA funding requirements.

Defined Contribution Plans

The  Company  sponsors  savings  and  retirement  plans  whereby  the  participants  may  elect  to  contribute  a  portion  of  their  compensation  to  the  plans.  The  plan  is  a  qualified 
defined contribution plan 401(k). The Company contributes an amount in cash or other property as a Company match equal to 50% of the first 6% of contributions as they occur. 
As a result of COVID-19, during the second quarter of 2020 and through September 30, 2021, the Company suspended the Company match under the plan. The Company 
reinstituted the Company match during the fourth quarter of 2021. Expenses related to the Company's 401(k) were $2.6 million, $2.0 million, and $0.6 million during the years 
ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Additionally, the Company offers a non-qualified deferred compensation plan to those employees whose participation in the 401(k) plan is limited by statute or regulation. This 
plan  allows  certain  employees  to  defer  a  portion  of  their  compensation,  limited  to  a  maximum  of  $0.1  million  per  year,  to  be  paid  to  the  participants  upon  separation  of 
employment or distribution date selected by the employee. To support the non-qualified deferred compensation plan, the Company has elected to purchase Company Owned 
Life Insurance ("COLI") policies on certain plan participants. The cash surrender value of the COLI policies is designed to provide a source for funding the non-qualified deferred 
compensation liabilities. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the cash surrender value of the COLI policies was $22.5 million and $19.2 million, respectively, and classified in 
Other noncurrent assets, net, within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The liabilities for the non-qualified deferred compensation plan were $24.9 million and $19.4 million as of 
December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and included in Other noncurrent liabilities within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

Multi-Employer Defined Benefit and Contribution Plans

The Company contributes to multiemployer defined benefit plans under the terms of collective-bargaining agreements that cover its union-represented employees. The risks of 
participating in these multiemployer plans are different from single-employer plans in the following aspects:

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

•

•

•

Assets contributed to a multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers.

If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers.

If the Company chooses to stop participating in one of its multiemployer plans, it may be required to pay the plan an amount based on the underfunded status of the 
plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability.

The Company's contributions represented more than 5% of total contributions to the Teamsters Local Union No. 727 and Local 272 Labor Management Benefit Funds during the 
plan years ending October 31, 2023 and August 15, 2023, respectively. The Company does not contribute more than 5% to any other fund. The Company's participation in these 
plans  for  the  annual  periods  ended  December  31,  2023,  2022  and  2021,  is  presented  in  the  table  below.  The  "EIN/Pension  Plan  Number"  column  provides  the  Employee 
Identification  Number  ("EIN")  and  the  three-digit  plan  number,  if  applicable.  The  zone  status  was  based  on  information  that  the  Company  received  from  the  plan  and  was
certified by the plan's actuary. Among other factors, plans in the red zone are generally less than 65 percent funded, plans in the yellow zone are less than 80 percent funded, 
and plans in the green zone are at least 80 percent funded. The "FIP/RP Status Pending/Implementation" column indicates plans for which a Financial Improvement Plan ("FIP") 
or a Rehabilitation Plan ("RP") is either pending or has been implemented. Finally, the "Expiration Date of Collective Bargaining Agreement" column lists the expiration dates of 
the agreements to which the plans are subject.

Pension Protection

Zone Status

EIN/

Pension  

Plan

FIP/FR
Pending

Contributions 
(millions)

    Surcharge  

202

202

Zone
Status
as of the

Most
Recent
Annual

Expiration

Date of
Collective
Bargaining

Pension
Teamsters Local
Union 727
Local 272 Labor
Management

Number

2023  

2022  

2021  

Implementation   2023    

  36-61023973   Green   Green   Green  

13-5673836   Green   Green   Green  

N/A

N/A

  $ 3.7  

  $

  $ 0.9  

  $

2    
3.
5     $
0.
9     $

1    
2.
9    
0.
9    

Imposed  

Report

Agreement

No

No

2023  

2023  

10/31/2026

8/15/2026

Net expenses for contributions not reimbursed by clients related to multiemployer defined benefit and defined contribution benefit plans were $1.0 million, $0.9 million and $0.8 
million during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

The Company currently does not have any intentions to cease participating in these multiemployer pension plans. 

15. Comprehensive Income

The components of other comprehensive income and the income tax benefit allocated to each component during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, were as 
follows: 

(millions)
Translation adjustments
De-designation of interest rate collars
Other Comprehensive income

2023

Before 
Tax 
Amount

Income 
Tax

Net of Tax 
Amount

Before 
Tax 
Amount

2022

Income 
Tax

Net of 
Tax 
Amount

Before 
Tax 
Amount

2021

Income 
Tax

Net of 
Tax 
Amount

$

$

0.5   $
—  
0.5   $

—   $
—  
—   $

0.5  
—  
0.5  

  $

  $

0.5   $
0.7    
1.2   $

—   $
0.2    
0.2   $

0.5  
0.5  
1.0  

  $

  $

(0.1 ) $
2.3    
2.2   $

—   $
0.6    
0.6   $

(0.1 )
1.7  
1.6  

The changes to accumulated other comprehensive loss by component during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, were as follows:

(millions)
Balance as of January 1, 2021
Other comprehensive loss before reclassification
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss
Balance as of December 31, 2021
Other comprehensive income before reclassification
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss
Balance as of December 31, 2022
Other comprehensive income before reclassification
Balance as of December 31, 2023

Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments

Total
Accumulated
Other

Interest Rate
Collars

Comprehensive  

Loss

  $

  $

(2.2 )   $
(0.1 )  
—    
(2.3 )  
0.5    
—    
(1.8 )  
0.5    
(1.3 )   $

(2.2 )   $
—    
1.7    
(0.5 )  
—    
0.5    
—    
—    
—     $

(4.4 )
(0.1 )
1.7  
(2.8 )
0.5  
0.5  
(1.8 )
0.5  
(1.3 )

Reclassifications from accumulated other comprehensive loss during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, were as follows:

(millions)
Interest Rate Collars:

Net realized loss

Reclassifications before tax

Income tax benefit

Reclassifications, net of tax

2023

2022

2021

  Classification in the Consolidated Statements of Income

$

$

—  
—  
—  
—  

  $

  $

0.7  
0.7    
0.2  
0.5  

  $

  $

2.3  
2.3    
0.6  
1.7    

Other expenses

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

16. Legal and Other Commitments and Contingencies

The  Company  is  subject  to  claims  and  litigation  in  the  normal  course  of  its  business,  including  those  related  to  labor  and  employment,  contracts,  personal  injury  and  other 
related matters, some of which allege substantial monetary damages and claims. Some of these actions may be brought as class actions on behalf of a class or purported class 
of employees. While the outcomes of claims and legal proceedings brought against the Company are subject to uncertainty, the Company believes the final outcome will not 
have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows. 

The Company accrues a charge when it determines that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably 
estimated. When a loss is probable, the Company records an accrual based on the reasonably estimable loss or range of loss. When no point of loss is more likely than another, 
the Company records the lowest amount in the estimated range of loss, and if material, discloses the estimated range. The Company does not record liabilities for reasonably 
possible loss contingencies, but does disclose a range of reasonably possible losses if they are material and the Company is able to estimate such a range. If the Company 
cannot provide a range of reasonably possible losses, it explains the factors that prevent it from determining such a range. The Company regularly evaluates current information 
available to determine whether an accrual should be established or adjusted. Estimating the probability that a loss will occur and the amount of a loss or a range of loss involves 
significant estimation and judgment.

17. Segment Information

Segment  information  is  presented  in  accordance  with  a  “management  approach,”  which  designates  the  internal  reporting  used  by  the  Company's  Chief  Operating  Decision 
Maker (“CODM”) for making decisions and assessing performance as the source of the Company’s reportable segments. The Company’s segments are organized in a manner 
consistent with which discrete financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the CODM in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance.

An operating segment is defined as a component of an enterprise that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenue and incur expenses, and about which 
separate financial information is regularly evaluated by the CODM. The CODM is the Company’s chief executive officer.

Each of the operating segments are directly responsible for revenue and expenses related to their operations, including direct segment general and administrative expenses. 
The CODM assesses the performance of each operating segment using information about operating income (loss) as its primary measure of performance, but does not evaluate 
segments using discrete asset information. Therefore, assets are not presented at the segment level. There were no material inter-segment transactions during the years ended 
December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, and the Company does not allocate other expense (income), interest expense (income) or income tax expense (benefit) to the operating 
segments. The accounting policies for segment reporting are the same as for the Company as a whole. 

The Company’s operating segments are Commercial and Aviation:

•

•

Commercial encompasses the Company's services in healthcare facilities, municipalities, including meter revenue collection and enforcement services, government 
facilities, hotels, commercial real estate, residential communities, retail, colleges and universities, as well as ancillary services such as providing technology-based 
mobility solutions, shuttle and ground transportation services, valet services, taxi and livery dispatch services and event planning, including shuttle and transportation 
services.
Aviation encompasses the Company's services in aviation (i.e., airports, airline and certain hospitality clients with baggage and parking services) as well as ancillary 
services, which includes shuttle and ground transportation services, valet services, baggage handling, baggage repair and replacement, remote air check-in services, 
wheelchair assist services and other services, as well as providing technology-based mobility solutions.

The Other segment includes costs related to the Company's operational support teams and costs related to common and shared infrastructure, including finance, accounting, 
information technology, human resources, purchasing, legal and corporate development.

Revenue, operating income (loss), general and administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization by operating segment during the years ended December 31, 2023, 
2022 and 2021 were as follows:

(millions)
Services revenue
Commercial

Management type contracts
Lease type contracts
Total Commercial

Aviation

Management type contracts
Lease type contracts
Total Aviation
Reimbursed management type contract revenue
Total services revenue
Operating income (loss)

Commercial
Aviation
Other
Total operating income

General and administrative expenses

Commercial
Aviation
Other
Total general and administrative expenses

Depreciation and amortization

(1)

(2)

Commercial
Aviation
Other
Total depreciation and amortization

2023

2022

2021

Year Ended December 31,

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

307.7  
277.8  
585.5  

282.3  
15.4  
297.7  
899.1  
1,782.3  

135.0  
37.9  
(95.4 )  
77.5  

36.6  
17.2  
86.6  
140.4  

15.1  
12.2  
8.8  
36.1  

    $

    $

    $

    $

    $

    $

    $

    $

276.8    
261.7    
538.5    

241.9    
14.0    
255.9    
759.1    
1,553.5    

122.0    
33.5    
(72.6 )  
82.9    

29.3    
12.6    
67.2    
109.1    

13.1    
11.2    
5.4    
29.7    

    $

    $

    $

    $

    $

    $

    $

    $

232.5    
206.5    
439.0    

153.4    
9.1    
162.5    
575.7    
1,177.2    

101.3    
21.8    
(56.6 )  
66.5    

23.0    
11.8    
53.4    
88.2    

13.5    
8.4    
3.2    
25.1    

(1)

Included depreciation and amortization expenses related to cost of services activities of $8.3 million, $7.9 million and $7.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. 

54

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
     
   
     
 
 
 
   
   
     
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
     
   
     
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
     
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
     
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
     
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(2)

Included depreciation and amortization expenses related to cost of services activities of $6.1 million, $5.8 million and $4.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Prior to the filing of SP Plus Corporation's (“SP+, “we” ,”our”, “us”) our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and under the supervision and 
with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer ("CEO"), Chief Financial Officer ("CFO") and Corporate Controller, we carried out an evaluation 
of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (the "Evaluation") as of the last day of the period covered by this Form 10-K.

Disclosure  controls  and  procedures  are  defined  by  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e)  of  the  Exchange  Act  as  controls  and  other  procedures  that  are  designed  to  ensure  that 
information  required  to  be  disclosed  in  the  reports  that  we  file  or  submit  under  the  Exchange  Act  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods 
specified by the Security Exchange Commission's ("SEC") rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to 
ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including 
our CEO, CFO and Corporate Controller, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

Based  upon  the  Evaluation,  our  CEO,  CFO  and  Corporate  Controller  concluded  that,  as  of  December  31,  2023,  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  effective  to 
promote reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized 
and reported accurately and within the time frames specified in the SEC's rules and forms and accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO, CFO 
and Corporate Controller, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Inherent Limitations of the Effectiveness of Internal Control

Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements 
for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  applicable  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  (“US  GAAP").  Our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
includes those policies and procedures that:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with US GAAP, and that our 
receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements.

Management, including our CEO, CFO and Corporate Controller, does not expect that our internal controls will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no 
matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control 
system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all 
control systems, no evaluation of internal controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. Also, any evaluation 
of the effectiveness of controls in future periods are subject to the risk that those internal controls may become inadequate because of changes in business conditions, or that 
the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  Our  internal  control  system  was  designed  to  provide 
reasonable assurance to our management and Board of Directors (the "Board") regarding the preparation and fair presentation of our published financial statements.

Prior to the filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over 
financial reporting as of the last day of the period covered by the report. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO") in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2017 Framework). Based on our Evaluation under the COSO Framework, our 
management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2023. 

Ernst & Young LLP has audited the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part of its audit, has issued an attestation report, 
included herein, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There  have  been  no  significant  changes  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2023,  that  were  identified  in 
connection with management’s evaluation required by paragraph (d) of Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, that have materially affected or are reasonably likely 
to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

None. 

55

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III

Directors of the Board

The Board is set forth below.

G Marc Baumann

Age: 68

Mr.  Baumann  has  served  as  our  Chairman  of  the  Board  since  May  2021,  our  President  since  March  2014  and  as  CEO  and  a  director  since  January  1,  2015.  Mr.  Baumann 
served as our Chief Operating Officer ("COO") from March 2014 through December 2014, CFO and Treasurer from October 2000 to March 2014, President of Urban Operations 
from October 2012 to March 2014, and Executive Vice President from October 2000 to October 2012. Mr. Baumann holds a B.S. degree from Northwestern University and an 
M.B.A. degree from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University.

Qualifications:  In  addition  to  the  qualifications  described  above,  the  Board  believes  Mr.  Baumann’s  extensive  industry  knowledge  in  transportation  and  mobility  and  his  deep 
knowledge of SP+ allow him to contribute unique strategic insights to the Board.

Alice M. Peterson

Age: 71

Board Committees:

•
•
•

Audit Committee
Executive Committee
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (Chair)

Ms. Peterson has served as a director since March 2018. She has been the President of Kentucky Heritage Hemp Company LLC since 2021. From 2020 to 2021, Ms. Peterson 
was  the  principal  of  The  Loretto  Group,  a  consultancy  focused  on  sustainably  profitable  business  growth.  From  2019  to  2020,  Ms.  Peterson  served  as  the  Executive  Vice 
President of Operations for Fluresh LLC, a grower and seller of cannabis products. Prior to that, Ms. Peterson was the President of The Loretto Group from 2016 through 2018. 
From 2012 through 2015, she served as COO of PPL Group and Big Shoulders Capital, both private equity firms with common ownership. From 2009 to 2010, Ms. Peterson 
served as the Chief Ethics Officer of SAI Global, a provider of compliance and ethics services, and was a special advisor to SAI Global until 2012.

Ms. Peterson served as a director of RIM Finance, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Research in Motion, Ltd., the maker of the Blackberry™ handheld device, from 2000 to 
2013. Ms. Peterson served as a director of Patina Solutions, which provides professionals with a flexible basis to help companies achieve their business objectives, from 2012 to 
2013. Ms. Peterson served as a director of the general partner of Williams Partners L.P. and its predecessor (a diversified master limited partnership focused on natural gas 
transportation;  gathering,  treating  and  processing;  storage;  natural  gas  liquid  fractionation;  and  oil  transportation)  from  2005  to  2018  and  served  as  the  chair  of  its  audit 
committee and was a member of the conflicts committee. Ms. Peterson previously served as a director of Navistar Financial Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of Navistar 
International  (a  manufacturer  of  commercial  and  military  trucks,  diesel  engines  and  parts),  Hanesbrands  Inc.  (an  apparel  company),  TBC  Corporation  (a  marketer  of  private 
branded replacement tires), and Fleming Companies (a supplier of consumer package goods). Ms. Peterson holds a B.A. degree from the University of Louisville and an M.B.A. 
in Finance from Vanderbilt University.

Qualifications:  In  addition  to  the  qualifications  described  above,  the  Board  believes  Ms.  Peterson’s  financial  and  accounting,  corporate  governance,  securities  and  capital 
markets, executive leadership, strategy development and risk management, and operating experience are particularly important attributes for a director of SP+.

Gregory A. Reid

Age: 71

Board Committees:

•
•

Audit Committee
Compensation Committee

Mr. Reid has served as a director since May 2017. He has served as President of BoomDeYada, LLC, a brand development consultancy group, since October 2011. Prior to 
founding BoomDeYada, Mr. Reid held various marketing and sales positions at YRC Worldwide, Inc., a transportation and global logistics company, including as Senior Vice 
President of sales and marketing from 1997 to 2001, Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer from 2001 to 2006, and Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing 
Officer from 2007 to 2011. From 1994 to 1997, Mr. Reid served as a Vice President and General Manager for the Integrated Logistics Division of Ryder System Inc. Mr. Reid 
holds a Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Marketing from the University of Cincinnati.

Qualifications:  In  addition  to  the  qualifications  described  above,  the  Board  believes  Mr.  Reid’s  strategic  planning  experience,  marketing  experience  and  leadership  in  the
transportation and logistics industry are particularly important attributes for a director of SP+.

Wyman T. Roberts

Age: 64

Board Committees:

•
•
•

Compensation Committee (Chair)
Executive Committee
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Mr. Roberts has served as a director since April 2015. He retired in 2022 as President and CEO of Brinker International, Inc., a position he held since January 2013, and as 
President of Chili’s Grill & Bar, a position he held since September 2018. Mr. Roberts served as a director of Brinker International, Inc., from February 2013 to May 2022. From 
November 2009 to June 2016, Mr. Roberts served as President of Chili’s Grill & Bar. He served in various other executive roles at Brinker 

56

 
 
Table of Contents

International  from  August  2005  to  October  2009,  including  serving  as  President  of  Maggiano’s  Little  Italy  and  Chief  Marketing  Officer.  Mr.  Roberts  served  as  Executive  Vice 
President and Chief Marketing Officer for NBC’s Universal Parks & Resorts from December 2000 until August 2005. Mr. Roberts has a Bachelor’s degree in Finance and an 
M.B.A. from Brigham Young University.

Qualifications: In addition to the qualifications described above, the Board believes Mr. Roberts’ understanding of technology-based marketing and experience managing a large 
workforce are particularly important attributes for a director of SP+.

Diana L. Sands

Age: 58

Board Committees:

•
•
•

Audit Committee (Chair)
Compensation Committee
Executive Committee

Ms. Sands has served as a director since May 2021. She has been a member of the Board of Directors for AngloGold Ashanti since June 2023 and for Vmo Aircraft Leasing 
since September 2022. She was also on the Board of Directors for PDC Energy, Inc. from February 2021 to August 2023 when it was acquired by Chevron Corporation. Prior to 
that, from 2016 to 2020, Ms. Sands was an executive officer and Senior Vice President of the Office of Internal Governance and Administration at The Boeing Company and the 
Senior Vice President of the Office of Internal Governance from 2014 to 2016, where she oversaw a diverse team including internal audit, ethics & investigations, compliance 
risk management, security and internal services. Since joining Boeing in 2001, Ms. Sands held senior finance roles, including Corporate Controller from 2012 to 2014 and Vice 
President of Investor Relations from 2008 to 2012. She also led financial planning and analysis and worked in corporate treasury. Prior to that, Ms. Sands held various roles at 
General  Motors  Corporation.  Ms.  Sands  has  a  Master's  in  Business  Administration  from  Northwestern's  Kellogg  School  of  Management,  and  a  Bachelor's  in  Business 
Administration from University of Michigan's Ross Business School.

Qualifications:  In  addition  to  the  qualifications  described  above,  the  Board  believes  Ms.  Sands’  understanding  of  technology,  corporate  strategy,  ethics,  compliance  and 
governance, along with her deep financial expertise are particularly important attributes for a director of SP+.

Douglas R. Waggoner

Age: 65

Board Committees:

•
•
•

Compensation Committee
Executive Committee (Chair)
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Mr. Waggoner has served as our Lead Independent Director since May 2021 and as a director since April 2015. He has served as CEO of Echo Global Logistics, Inc. ("Echo"), a 
provider  of  a  wide  range  of  transportation  and  logistics  services,  since  December  2006.  He  was  on  the  Board  of  Directors  for  Echo  from  February  2008  to  2021,  and  was 
Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  Echo  from  June  2015  to  2021.  Prior  to  joining  Echo,  Mr.  Waggoner  founded  SelecTrans,  LLC,  a  transportation  management  system 
software provider based in Chicago, Illinois. From April 2004 to December 2005, Mr. Waggoner served as CEO of USF Bestway, and from January 2002 to April 2004 he served 
as Senior Vice President of strategic marketing for USF Corporation. Mr. Waggoner holds a Bachelor’s degree in Economics from San Diego State University.

Qualifications:  In  addition  to  the  qualifications  described  above,  the  Board  believes  Mr.  Waggoner’s  technology  experience  and  leadership  in  the  transportation  and  logistics 
industry are particularly important attributes for a director of SP+.

Executive Officers (other than the CEO)

The table below sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers, except for Mr. Baumann, whose biographical information is included in the Directors of the Board 
within Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Name
Kristopher H. Roy
Christopher Sherman
Ritu Vig

Age
49
48
46

Position
CFO & Treasurer
President, Commercial Division
President, Aviation Division

Kristopher H. Roy has served as CFO & Treasurer since September 2019. Mr. Roy served as Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller from 2015 through August 2019. 
He joined SP+ in 2013 as Vice President and Assistant Controller. Prior to joining SP+, Mr. Roy served as Global Director of Accounting, Consolidation and Financial Systems at 
CNH Industrial N.V. and its predecessor from March 2013 to December 2013. He was a Senior Manager with Ernst & Young, LLP from 2009 until 2013. Mr. Roy is a Certified 
Public Accountant and earned his Bachelor of Arts degree from Michigan State University.

Christopher Sherman has served as President, Commercial Division since January 2023. Prior to that, Mr. Sherman was our Chief Strategy Officer, Commercial Division from 
March 2022 through December 2022 and a Senior Vice President from October 2012 through February 2022. Mr. Sherman served in the following positions at our predecessor 
company  Central  Parking  Corporation:  Vice  President  from  January  2011  through  September  2012;  General  Manager  from  October  2002  through  December  2010  and 
Operations Manager from September 2001 through September 2002. Mr. Sherman earned his Bachelor of Science degree in Business from the University of Baltimore.

Ritu Vig  has  served  as  President,  Aviation  Division  since  January  2023.  Prior  to  that,  Ms.  Vig  was  our  Chief  Legal  Officer  and  Corporate  Secretary  from  September  2019 
through December 2022. Ms. Vig joined SP+ in November 2018, when she became Senior Vice President, Deputy General Counsel, a position she held until September 2019. 
Prior to joining SP+, Ms. Vig was Vice President, Associate General Counsel of RR Donnelley & Sons Company from September 2016 through November 2018. Ms. Vig earned 
her Juris Doctor degree and Bachelor of Science degree in Finance from the University of Illinois and holds a Master of Business Administration from the University of Chicago 
Booth School of Business.

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports 

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our directors, executive officers and persons who beneficially own more than 10% of our equity securities to file with the SEC initial 
reports of beneficial ownership of the common stock and reports of changes in their beneficial ownership and to furnish us with copies of those reports. As a matter of practice, 
our administrative staff assists our executive officers and directors in preparing initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership and filing such reports with the 
SEC. To our knowledge, based solely upon a review of copies of reports furnished to us or written representations from certain reporting persons, we believe that during 2023, 
all Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to our executive officers, directors and 10% stockholders were met in a timely manner, except for a Form 4 covering two late 
transactions filed by each of G Marc Baumann, Kristopher H. Roy, Christopher Sherman and Ritu Vig.

Codes of Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of ethics as part of our compliance program. The code of ethics applies to our CEO (Principal Executive Officer), CFO (Principal Financial Officer) and 
Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer) and all other persons performing similar functions on behalf of SP+. In addition, we have adopted a code of business conduct 
that  applies  to  all  of  our  officers  and  employees.  Any  amendments  to,  or  waivers  from,  our  code  of  ethics  will  be  posted  on  our  website  www.spplus.com. These codes are 
available on the Investor Relations portion of our website and copies will be provided to you without charge upon request to investor_relations@spplus.com.

Audit Committee

We have established an Audit Committee, which currently has three members: Diana L. Sands, who serves as Chair, Alice M. Peterson and Gregory A. Reid. The Board has 
determined that all members of the Audit Committee meet Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”)’s financial literacy and independence requirements, and that Ms. Peterson and 
Ms. Sands each qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” for purposes of the rules and regulations of the SEC. We limit the number of public-company audit committees 
on which any Audit Committee member may serve to three. The Board will continue to monitor and assess the audit committee memberships of our Audit Committee members 
on a regular basis.

The Audit Committee’s primary duties and responsibilities are to:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

meet  with  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  to  review  the  results  of  the  annual  audit  and  to  discuss  our  financial  statements,  including  the 
independent registered public accounting firm’s judgment about the quality of accounting principles, the reasonableness of significant judgments, the clarity of 
the disclosures in our financial statements, our internal control over financial reporting, and management’s report with respect to internal control over financial 
reporting;

meet with our independent registered public accounting firm to review the interim financial statements prior to the filing of our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q 
and Annual Report on 10-K;

recommend to the Board the independent registered public accounting firm to be retained by us;

oversee the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

evaluate the independent registered public accounting firm’s performance;

review and approve the services of the independent registered public accounting firm;

receive  and  consider  the  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm’s  comments  as  to  controls,  adequacy  of  staff  and  management  performance  and 
procedures  in  connection  with  audit  and  financial  controls,  including  our  system  to  monitor  and  manage  business  risks  and  legal  and  ethical  compliance 
programs;

approve the Audit Committee Report for inclusion in public filings;

approve audit and non-audit services provided to us by our independent registered public accounting firm;

consider conflicts of interest and review all transactions with related persons involving executive officers or the Board that are reasonably expected to exceed 
specified thresholds;

meet with our Chief Legal Officer to discuss legal matters that may have a material impact on our financial statements or our compliance policies and with other 
members of management to discuss other areas of risk to SP+; 

meet  with  management,  the  Vice  President  of  Internal  Audit  and  the  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  to  discuss  any  matters  that  the  Audit 
Committee or any of these persons or firms believes should be discussed; and

review and approve our policies and decisions about using and entering into swaps.

A  complete  description  of  the  Audit  Committee’s  function  may  be  found  in  its  charter,  which  may  be  accessed  through  the  Corporate  Governance  section  of  our  website, 
accessible through our Investor Relations page at www.spplus.com.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

On October 4, 2023, we entered into the Merger Agreement by and among us, Metropolis and the Merger Sub. See Note 1. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices within 
the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion. The following discussion references the Merger Agreement.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis (the "CD&A")

This CD&A describes the material components of the executive compensation program applicable to our named executive officers ("NEOs"). While the discussion in the CD&A 
focuses on our NEOs, many of our executive compensation programs apply broadly across our executive ranks. 

Our NEOs during the year ended December 31, 2023 were as follows:

•

•

•

G Marc Baumann, our Chairman and CEO;

Kristopher H. Roy, our CFO; 

Christopher Sherman, our President, Commercial Division; and

58

 
 
 
Table of Contents

•

Ritu Vig, our President, Aviation Division

2023 Compensation Overview

Our  NEOs  showed  exceptional  leadership  and  focus  as  they  executed  our  strategy  to  drive  long-term  growth.  The  following  elements  of  compensation  were  earned  by,  or 
awarded to, our NEOs in 2023:

•

•

•

•

Base Salary – We reviewed the base salaries of our NEOs against market data for comparative positions and made adjustments as appropriate. The actions 
taken in 2023 with respect to base salaries of our NEOs are described in more detail under the caption “2023 Compensation Decisions – 2023 Base Salary” 
below.

Management  Incentive  Compensation  Program  –  Each  NEO  participates  in  our  annual  bonus  program  to  reward  year-over-year  growth  in  PBC  Adjusted 
EBITDA  (as  defined  below)  and  business  unit  performance,  as  well  as  increase  the  number  of  SP+  technology  enabled  transactions  (the  "Management 
Incentive  Compensation  Program").  In  order  to  receive  the  maximum  payout  under  this  program,  SP+  needed  to  achieve  PBC  Adjusted  EBITDA  of 
approximately $156.6 million and 19.2 million SP+ technology enabled transactions. 

Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) – Each NEO has a meaningful amount of compensation tied to the performance of our stock through a performance-based 
incentive program under our LTIP. On March 1, 2023, the Compensation Committee of the Board established that for the 2023-2025 performance cycle under 
the LTIP, the award for each NEO would consist of 50% performance share units ("PSUs") and 50% restricted stock units ("RSUs"). Additionally, consistent with 
the 2022-2024 performance cycle, the awards granted in 2023 would be based on PBC Adjusted EBITDA (as defined below) over the three year period.

Perquisites  and  Other  Compensation  –  We  believe  that  perquisites  are  often  a  way  to  provide  the  NEOs  with  additional  annual  compensation  that 
supplements  their  base  salaries  and  bonus  opportunities  and  are  intended  to  ensure  productivity.  A  current  example  of  perquisites  is  a  personal  financial 
planning option. When determining each NEO's base salary, we take the value of each NEO's perquisites and personal benefits into consideration.

Each of our NEOs is considered to be a "disqualified individual" within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). To the 
extent that the closing of the proposed merger with Metropolis is anticipated to occur in 2024, SP+ was permitted under the Merger Agreement to take, and took the following 
tax-planning actions in 2023, to mitigate any adverse tax consequences under Sections 280G or 4999 of the Code that could arise in connection with the closing of the proposed 
merger with Metropolis:

•

•

Management  Incentive  Compensation  Program  –  Per  the  terms  of  the  Merger  Agreement,  we  provided  for  payment  in  2023  of  performance-based  cash 
incentive compensation awards that would otherwise be payable in 2024, which was based on the attainment of the applicable performance metrics at the actual 
level of performance through September 30, 2023 (determined by pro-rating the performance metrics to reflect a shortened performance period). The actions 
taken  in  2023  with  respect  to  the  Management  Incentive  Compensation  Program  for  our  NEOs  are  described  in  more  detail  under  the  caption  “2023 
Compensation Decisions – 2023 Management Incentive Compensation Program Payouts and Performance Analysis” below.

LTIP – Per the terms of the Merger Agreement, each outstanding (i) RSU which was scheduled to vest on December 31, 2023 that was held by a disqualified 
individual (within the meaning Section 280G of the Code) vested in full on December 1, 2023 and settled in December 2023; and (ii) PSU for the performance 
period which was scheduled to end on December 31, 2023 that was held by a disqualified individual (within the meaning Section 280G of the Code) vested and 
settled in December 2023, determined based on the attainment of the applicable performance metrics at the actual level of performance through September 30, 
2023 (which was equal to 200% of target performance). The actions taken in 2023 with respect to our LTIP for our NEOs are described in more detail under the 
caption “2023 Compensation Decisions – 2023 Long-Term Incentive Plan Payouts and Performance Analysis” below.

Compensation Philosophy and Competitive Positioning

Our compensation program is designed to reward employees for producing sustainable growth for our stockholders and to attract, motivate and retain top talent in the industry. 
Like most companies, we use a combination of fixed and variable, “at-risk” compensation programs to help align the interests of our executives with our stockholders. This “pay-
for-performance”  philosophy  forms  the  foundation  of  our  Compensation  Committee’s  decisions  regarding  compensation.  Underlying  these  decisions  is  the  Compensation 
Committee’s beliefs that the labor market for the type of talent we require is limited, and that our executives are among the most capable and highest performing in the industry.

Our Compensation Committee believes that the compensation of our NEOs must be closely aligned with our performance, on both a short- and long-term basis, at responsible 
levels that are consistent with our cost-conscious culture. At the same time, the Compensation Committee recognizes that our compensation programs must be designed to 
attract  and  retain  key  executives,  many  of  whom  are  responsible  for  developing,  nurturing  and  maintaining  the  client  relationships  that  are  important  to  producing  superior 
results for our stockholders.

In May 2023, after a robust assessment process, the Compensation Committee selected a new independent consultant: Meridian Compensation Partners, LLC ("Meridian"). In
order to provide a market perspective on executive and board pay levels, design practices and goal setting, Meridian completed an analysis and recommendation to establish a 
compensation peer group for SP+. The peer group consists of 18 peer companies as set forth below: 

Companies in Peer Group (established by Meridian)
BrightView Holdings, Inc.
Casella Waste Systems, Inc.
Civeo Corporations
Convenant Logistics Group, Inc.
Deluxe Corporation
Enviri Corporation

Forward Air Corporation
Healthcare Services Group, Inc.
Itron, Inc.
McGrath RentCorp
Montrose Environmental Group, Inc.
Sabre Corporation

Stericycle, Inc.
The Brink's Company
UniFirst Corporation
Universal Logistics Holdings, Inc.
Verra Mobility Corporation
Werner Enterprises, Inc.

Given  SP+'s  diverse  businesses,  the  peer  group  was  selected  based  on  a  best  available  set  of  peers  considering  industry,  business  mix,  size  and  scope.  Subsequently, 
Meridian conducted market-based assessments as to the competitiveness of our executives’ total pay opportunities. This competitive analysis for our NEOs found the following:

59

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

•

•

•

Our cash compensation is generally competitive with market norms while target bonuses are lagging the market median; 

Annualized long-term incentive compensation fell below the market median for all four of our NEOs; and

Total direct compensation levels (both actual and target) are positioned below the market median for all four NEOs.

Given the information obtained from the current and previous compensation studies, the Compensation Committee has informally adopted a guideline that targets total cash 
compensation and equity in the 50th percentile range for our NEOs. This range is merely a guideline, as the Compensation Committee does not believe in fixing compensation 
levels based only on market comparisons. Rather, the Compensation Committee believes that other factors should be considered and weighted appropriately, including, but not 
limited to:

•

•

•

individual performance;

pay levels in our industry; and

our overall performance in relation to the performance of other companies in our industry.

Reasonableness of Compensation

We  manage  our  pay  structure  and  make  compensation  decisions  using  a  combination  of  policies,  practices  and  inherent  logic.  We  have  a  “pay-for-performance”  culture  as 
exemplified  by  our  management  of  salaries,  bonus  compensation  and  equity  compensation.  Base  salaries  may  be  adjusted  to  provide  market-based  increases,  and  our 
executives’ true upside potential has been provided through bonuses and stock-based award opportunities available under our annual cash and long-term incentive plans. After 
considering  all  components  of  the  compensation  paid  to  the  NEOs,  the  Compensation  Committee  has  determined  that  the  compensation  arrangements  are  reasonable  and 
appropriate given our overall performance, market for talent, executive retention and business strategy.

Compensation Objectives and Program Components

Our overall compensation philosophy is governed by three fundamental objectives:

•

•

•

attracting and retaining qualified key executives, many of whom are responsible for developing, nurturing and maintaining the client relationships that are critical 
to our business;

motivating performance to achieve specific strategic and operating objectives of SP+; and

aligning executives’ interests with the long-term interests of our stockholders.

Our  NEO  compensation  consists  primarily  of  the  following  elements:  base  salary;  an  annual  incentive  bonus  under  our  Management  Incentive  Compensation  Program;
compensation under our LTIP, which includes grants of PSUs and RSUs; perquisites and personal benefits; and retirement benefits and deferred compensation opportunities.

The  Compensation  Committee  reviews  the  executive  compensation  program  and  NEO  compensation  on  an  annual  basis.  The  use  and  relative  contribution  of  each 
compensation element is based on a discretionary determination by the Compensation Committee of the importance of each compensation element in supporting our financial 
and strategic objectives, after taking into consideration the recommendations of our CEO.

The primary elements of our 2023 executive compensation program were:

Compensation 
Element
Base Salary

Compensation Objective

Performance 
Metric

Characteristics

Time Horizon

  • Attract and retain qualified executives

 • None

  • Market-competitive, fixed 

 • Annual

Management Incentive 
Compensation Program

  • Attract and retain qualified executives

• Motivate performance to achieve specific strategies and operating 
objectives in the short term

LTIP

  • Attract and retain qualified executives

• Motivate performance to achieve specific strategies and operating 
objectives in the medium term
• Align NEO's and stockholders' long-term interests

Adjusted 
EBITDA

level of compensation

  • At target, annual incentive 
provides market-competitive 
total cash opportunity
• At-risk compensation

  • Annual

  • PBC Adjusted 

EBITDA
• SP+ 
Technology 
Enabled 
Transactions

  • For PSUs, PBC 

  • PSU and RSU awards paid 
in shares of SP+ common 
stock
• At-risk compensation

  • Three years cliff 

vesting

Other Stock-Based 
Grants

Base Salary

  • Attract and retain qualified executives

  • None

  • Typically RSUs are granted 

  • Three years cliff 

• Motivate performance to achieve specific strategies and operating 
objectives in the long-term
• Align NEO's and stockholders' long-term interests

with cliff vesting

vesting

Base salary is a critical element of NEO compensation because it is the source of an officer’s consistent income stream and is the most visible barometer of evaluation vis-à-vis 
the  employment  market.  In  establishing  and  reviewing  base  salaries,  the  Compensation  Committee  considers  various  factors  that  include  the  executive’s  qualifications  and 
experience, scope of responsibilities, internal pay equity, past performance and achievements, future expectations that include the executive’s ability to impact short-term and 
long-term results, as well as the salary practices at other comparable companies. We strive to provide our NEOs with a competitive base salary that is in line with their roles and 
responsibilities when compared to companies of comparable size.

Management Incentive Compensation Program

Our NEOs participate in our Management Incentive Compensation Program, which provides for an annual cash incentive bonus. Our Compensation Committee oversees this 
program. By creating target awards and setting performance objectives at the beginning of each fiscal year, our NEOs have the proper incentives to attain key performance 
metrics. The target bonus opportunities are fixed and subject to change only via approval of the Compensation Committee.

In order to calculate the payout under the Management Incentive Compensation Program, the target bonus amount is multiplied by our PBC Adjusted EBITDA achievement 
percentage. The total of that is then multiplied by the business unit attainment percentage for those NEOs whose payout under this program is based 

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

on both a PBC Adjusted EBITDA target and a business unit performance metric. Additionally, in 2023, the Compensation Committee approved 10% of the bonus to be based on 
achievement of a SP+ enabled technology transaction goal. Payouts could range from 0% to 200% of target. 

The target bonuses, metrics, weightings, level of achievement and awards are reported in the tables set forth under “2023 Annual Incentive Compensation Program Payouts 
and Performance Analysis,” below.

LTIP

Because one of our basic compensation objectives is to align our executives’ interests with the long-term interests of our stockholders, we make annual equity grants to our 
executives in the form of PSUs and RSUs, as further described below. Additionally, in order to align our executives' interests with the long-term interests of our stockholders, we 
implemented the executive stock ownership requirements, are described under the caption “Executive Stock Ownership Requirements” below.

Performance  Share  Program.  The  objective  of  granting  PSUs  under  our  LTIP  to  participating  executives  (the  "Performance  Share  Program")  is  to  link  compensation  to 
business performance, encourage ownership of our common stock, retain executive talent, and incentivize and reward executive performance. The Performance Share Program 
provides participating executives with the opportunity to earn shares of our common stock if performance targets for PBC Adjusted EBITDA (for the 2022-2024 and 2023-2025 
cycles) are achieved over the cumulative three-year period and recipients satisfy service-based vesting requirements. The Compensation Committee may choose to discontinue 
the plan or change the performance measures for future performance periods.

For  purposes  of  the  Performance  Share  Program,  adjusted  EBITDA  for  each  respective  performance  period  will  be  adjusted  for  any  one-time  expenses,  benefits,  cash 
payments  or  receipts  made  for  acquisitions,  restructuring  and  other  related  costs,  joint  ventures  or  other  transactions;  one-time  expenses  and  benefits  related  to  the  sale  or 
disposition of assets; legal costs for one-time, non-recurring items that are considered non-core to the business; cash taxes paid; and significant refinancing costs and expenses 
(“PBC Adjusted EBITDA”). 

The number of PSUs set aside at the onset of the performance period is determined by dividing the proportional annual award values established for our NEOs by the closing 
share price of our common stock on the day approved by the Compensation Committee. The PSUs issued under the Performance Share Program do not vest until the end of 
the performance period upon attainment of the performance goals. However, once the PSUs vest, they are no longer subject to forfeiture unless the executive is in violation of 
the non-compete provisions of the executive’s PSU agreement.

The  target  Performance  Share  Program  metrics  and  awards  are  reported  in  the  tables  set  forth  under  “2023  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  Payouts  and  Performance  Analysis,” 
below.

RSUs. The objective of granting RSUs is to link compensation to the performance of our common stock, encourage ownership of our common stock and retain executive talent. 
RSUs typically vest three years from the date of issuance and represent the right to receive shares of our common stock upon vesting. The number of RSUs awarded to an 
NEO is calculated based on the closing share price of our common stock on the grant date. As a result, the final value of the RSU award depends upon the performance of the 
stock price at the end of the vesting period.

Other Stock-Based Grants. Periodically, stock awards may be made in the form of RSUs to senior executives, depending on individual performance and the environment for 
senior executive leadership talent. The RSUs typically vest three years from the date of issuance and represent the right to receive shares of our common stock upon vesting. 
The  number  of  shares  subject  to  each  RSU  award  is  calculated  based  on  the  closing  share  price  of  our  common  stock  on  the  grant  date.  The  Compensation  Committee 
believes that these RSUs help to retain executives because they have value upon vesting regardless of our stock price. The Compensation Committee did not grant any such 
supplemental stock awards to NEOs in 2023.    

Perquisites and Personal Benefits

We  provide  our  NEOs  with  certain  limited  perquisites  and  personal  benefits.  We  believe  that  perquisites  are  often  a  way  to  provide  the  NEOs  with  additional  annual 
compensation that supplements their base salaries and bonus opportunities and are intended to ensure productivity. When determining each NEO’s base salary, we take the 
value of each NEOs’ perquisites and personal benefits into consideration.

The perquisites and personal benefits paid to each NEO in 2023 are reported in column (i) of the Summary Compensation Table, below, and further described in the footnotes 
thereto.

Retirement Benefits and Deferred Compensation Opportunities

Deferred  compensation  is  a  tax-advantaged  means  of  providing  certain  NEOs  with  additional  compensation  that  supplements  their  base  salaries  and  bonus  opportunities, 
including our 401(k) plan. 

Employment Agreements

Historically, we have maintained employment agreements with all of our NEOs. It is customary in our industry for senior executives to have employment agreements because it 
encourages employment continuity and is a practical means to ensure that client relationships are protected through the legal enforcement of protective covenants, including the 
covenant not to compete and the covenant not to solicit customers and employees. 

The Company entered into new employment arrangements with Mr. Sherman and Ms.Vig, effective January 1, 2023, in connection with planned succession changes. As part of 
these changes, effective January 1, 2023, Mr. Sherman transitioned to the role of President of the Commercial Division and Ms. Vig transitioned to the role of President of the 
Aviation Division. On October 4, 2023, we entered into an Amended and Restated CEO Agreement with Mr. Baumann to include clarifying language regarding the definition of 
good reason and the pre change in control protection period, as well as other compliance-related updates.

The employment agreements of all our NEOs have provisions that are triggered if they are terminated for various reasons. Please see the “Payments and Potential Payments 
Upon  Termination  or  Change-in-Control”  section  below  for  a  description  of  the  potential  payments  that  may  be  made  to  the  NEOs  in  connection  with  their  termination  of
employment or a change-in-control, and “Executive Compensation-Employment Agreements” for a more detailed description of the employment agreements of our NEOs.

Change in Control Severance Plan

We have a Change in Control Severance Plan (the “Change in Control Severance Plan”) for the benefit of certain executive officers. The Change in Control Severance Plan has 
provisions that are triggered if these officers are terminated for various reasons. Please see the “Payments and Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control” 
section  below  for  a  description  of  the  potential  payments  that  may  be  made  to  our  NEOs  in  connection  with  their  termination  of  employment  under  the  Change  in  Control 
Severance Plan, and “Executive Compensation-Change in Control Severance Plan” for a more detailed description of the Change in Control Severance Plan.

61

 
 
 
Table of Contents

2023 Compensation Decisions

All our NEOs have entered into employment agreements with us, and their compensation is governed largely by their respective employment agreements. The compensation 
program for our NEOs is focused on incentive-based compensation, consistent with our philosophy of creating long-term value for our stakeholders. As a result, the majority of 
our NEO’s compensation is considered “at-risk”.  

The mix of fixed and variable compensation at target and realized pay for Mr. Baumann earned in 2023 is reflected below. Taking into consideration his actual salary, earned 
annual  incentive  bonus  payout,  actual  stock  awards  for  the  2021-2023  PSUs  at  200%  and  the  2021-2023  RSUs,  Mr.  Baumann  earned  $5,997,363  in  2023,  which  was 
approximately 157.8% of his 2023 annual total target compensation of $3,800,000.

RSUs
PSUs
Annual Incentive
Salary

Target Annual Compensation

Actual Annual Compensation

2023

  $

1,650,000     $
550,000    
800,000    
800,000    

2,419,183  
1,612,789  
1,165,360  
800,031  

Taking  into  consideration  the  actual  salary,  earned  annual  incentive  bonus  payout,  and  earned  stock  awards  that  vested  in  2023,  our  other  NEOs  as  a  group  earned,  on 
average, 139.5% of their total annual target compensation in 2023.

2023 Base Salary

In 2023, three of our NEOs received a base salary increase - two of which were tied to promotional increases. The table below reflects the base salary for each of our NEOs in 
2023.

Name
G Marc Baumann
Kristopher H. Roy
Christopher Sherman
Ritu Vig

2023
Salary

$

2022
Salary

% Increase (Decrease)

800,000     $
525,000    
500,000    
450,000    

800,000    
475,000    
412,000    
400,000    

0.0 %
10.5 %
21.4 %
12.5 %

2023 Management Incentive Compensation Program Payouts and Performance Analysis

Our annual bonus program in 2023 for our NEOs was designed to reward year-over-year growth in PBC Adjusted EBITDA and business unit performance, as well as increase 
the  number  of  SP+  technology  enabled  transactions.  In  order  to  receive  the  maximum  payout  under  this  program,  SP+  needed  to  achieve  PBC  Adjusted  EBITDA  of 
approximately $156.6 million and 19.2 million SP+ technology enabled transactions. In 2023, as outlined in the Merger Agreement, each outstanding performance-based cash 
incentive award for the performance period which was scheduled to end on December 31, 2023 that was held by a disqualified individual (within the meaning Section 280G of 
the Code) was paid in December 2023, determined based on the attainment of the applicable performance metrics at the actual level of performance through September 30, 
2023. The PBC Adjusted EBITDA of $104.8 million resulted in a payout of 142.9% for the financial metric (90% weighting) and 170.6% for the technology transaction metric 
(10% weighting) under the Management Incentive Compensation Program, as shown in the table below.

Base Salary

Target Bonus

Threshold 
Bonus

Maximum 
Bonus

    Actual Bonus    

Actual Bonus as 
% of Target

  $

  $

800,000  
525,000  
500,000  
450,000  

  $

800,000  
300,000  
250,000  
225,000  

200,000     $
75,000      
62,500      
56,250      

1,600,000     $
600,000      
500,000      
450,000      

1,165,360      
437,010      
396,328      
368,270      

146 %
146 %
159 %
164 %

2023

Effective in 2023, Mr. Roy received an increase to his target bonus from $275,000 to $300,000 to address market competitiveness.
Effective in 2023, Mr. Sherman received an increase to his target bonus from $175,000 to $250,000 as he was promoted into the President, Commercial Division role. 

The Compensation Committee believes that the PBC Adjusted EBITDA measure and SP+ enabled technology transactions for our CEO and the other NEOs that participate in 
the  program  are  the  appropriate  measures  of  performance  at  this  time.  These  measures  may  be  modified  as  circumstances  warrant,  including  possible  adjustments  due  to 
acquisitions and other atypical events.

2023 LTIP Payouts and Performance Analysis

RSUs scheduled to vest December 31, 2023

In  December  2023,  per  the  terms  of  the  Merger  Agreement,  each  outstanding  RSU  which  was  scheduled  to  vest  on  December  31,  2023  that  was  held  by  a  disqualified 
individual (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code) vested in full on December 1, 2023 and settled in December 2023.

  Shares Awarded on Settlement (#)

(1)

Actual Value Realized on 
Settlement ($)

(2)

2023

$

47,130    
10,712    
2,679    
8,034    

2,419,183  
549,847  
137,513  
412,385  

(1)

Name
G Marc Baumann
Kristopher H. Roy
Christopher Sherman
Ritu Vig
(1)
(2)

(2)

Name
G Marc Baumann
Kristopher H. Roy
Christopher Sherman
Ritu Vig
(1)
(2)

RSUs granted on March 3, 2021 that vested December 1, 2023.
Actual value is based on the closing price of shares on the settlement date, which was December 6, 2023 ($51.33).

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

2021-2023 PSU Cycle 

Payouts under the Performance Share Program vest at the end of three-year performance periods. Payouts for the 2021-2023 PSU cycle were based upon our PBC Adjusted 
EBITDA during the cycle.

•

In December 2023, per the terms of the Merger Agreement, each outstanding PSU for the performance period which was scheduled to end on December 31, 
2023 that was held by a disqualified individual (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code) vested on December 1, 2023 and settled in December 2023, 
determined based on the attainment of the applicable performance metrics at the actual level of performance through September 30, 2023 (which was equal to 
200% of target performance).

2023

Name
G Marc Baumann
Kristopher H. Roy
Christopher Sherman
Ritu Vig
(1)
(2)

Target Value ($)

  Target Shares (#)

(1)

  $

550,000  
125,000  
31,250  
93,750  

    Shares Awarded (#)     Actual Value ($)
31,420      
7,140      
1,784      
5,356      

1,612,789      
366,496      
91,573      
274,923      

15,710  
3,570  
892  
2,678  

(2)

Realized Value as % 
of Target Value

293 %
293 %
293 %
293 %

Target shares were calculated by dividing the target value by the stock price at the beginning of the performance period ($35.01) rounded to the nearest full share.
Actual value was based on the closing price of shares on the settlement date, which was December 6, 2023 ($51.33). 

2023-2025 PSU Cycle

In  March  2023,  the  Compensation  Committee  established  the  payout  formula  for  the  2023-2025  PSU  cycle  under  the  Performance  Share  Program  equal  to  one  percent  for 
every $1 million of cumulative three-year PBC Adjusted EBITDA over $380.8 million up to a $571.3 million cap with $476.1 million as the target.

Performance Level
Maximum
Target
Threshold

Cumulative Three-Year PBC 
Adjusted EBITDA (millions)

Performance Payout* (%)

$

571.3    
476.1    
380.8    

200 %
100 %
0 %

* If our cumulative three-year PBC Adjusted EBITDA falls between performance levels, the performance payout percentage is determined by linear interpolation between such performance levels.

In March 2023, the Compensation Committee also established that for the 2023-2025 performance cycle under the LTIP, the award for each NEO would consist of 50% PSUs 
and 50% RSUs. The number of RSUs set aside at the onset of the period is determined by dividing 50% of the annual reward value established for each of our NEOs by the 
stock price on the grant date ($34.57 on March 1, 2023). The table below shows PSU awards granted to each of our NEOs for the 2023-2025 performance cycle.

Name
G Marc Baumann
Kristopher H. Roy
Christopher Sherman
Ritu Vig

2023 - 2025 
Threshold ($)

2023 - 2025 
Threshold (#)

2023 - 2025 
Target ($)

2023 - 2025 
Target (#)

2023 - 2025 
Maximum ($)

2023 - 2025 
Maximum (#)

  $

12,000  
3,000  
2,500  
2,250  

  $

347  
87  
72  
65  

1,200,000      
300,000      
250,000      
225,000      

34,712     $
8,678      
7,232      
6,509      

2,400,000      
600,000      
500,000      
450,000      

69,424  
17,356  
14,464  
13,018  

Impact of the Merger Agreement on Outstanding Awards

Outstanding RSUs

Each RSU that is outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the proposed merger with Metropolis (the "Effective Time") will automatically vest (if unvested) and be 
canceled and converted into the right to receive an amount in cash, without interest, equal to (i) the total number of shares of our common stock underlying such RSU multiplied 
by (ii) $54.00 (the "proposed Merger Consideration"); provided that, RSUs granted after October 4, 2023 will vest on a pro-rata basis immediately prior to the Effective Time 
based on the number of days that have elapsed since the beginning of the vesting period, e.g. if the Effective Time occurs on June 30, 2024, then one-sixth (1/6th) of the RSUs 
underlying an applicable award will vest, with any portion of the RSUs underlying such award that does not vest being forfeited for no consideration at the Effective Time.

Outstanding PSUs

Each PSU that is outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will automatically be canceled and converted into the right to receive an amount in cash, without interest, 
equal to the product of (i) the number of shares of our common stock underlying such PSU attributable to the percentage of the PSUs that vest as of immediately prior to the 
Effective Time (with vesting determined in accordance with the following sentence) multiplied by (ii) the proposed Merger Consideration, and any PSUs that do not so vest will 
be canceled and terminated for no consideration. Each PSU (x) in respect of which the performance period has not expired as of the Effective Time shall vest determined based 
on the attainment of the applicable performance metrics at the actual level of performance through September 30, 2023 (determined by pro-rating the performance metrics to 
reflect  the  shortened  performance  period),  and  (y)  in  respect  of  which  the  performance  period  has  expired  as  of  the  Effective  Time,  shall  vest  based  on  actual  level  of 
performance through the end of the performance period, in each case, as determined in good faith consistent with past practices by the Board; provided that in the event the 
Effective Time occurs on or after December 31, 2024, each outstanding award of PSUs will vest immediately prior to the Effective Time, regardless of whether the performance 
period has expired as of the Effective Time, determined based on the attainment of the applicable performance metrics at the actual level of performance through September 30, 
2023 (determined by pro-rating the performance metrics to reflect the shortened performance period).

Outstanding Performance-Based Cash Incentive Awards

Each  outstanding  performance-based  cash  incentive  award  under  our  Management  Incentive  Compensation  Program  for  the  performance  period  scheduled  to  end  on 
December 31, 2024 will vest on a pro-rata basis immediately prior to the Effective Time based on the number of days that have elapsed since the beginning 

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

of the vesting period, e.g. if the Effective Time occurs on June 30, 2024, then one-half (1/2) of such awards shall vest, with any portion of such awards that does not vest being 
forfeited for no consideration at the Effective Time.

Say-on-Pay Advisory Vote

The  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection  Act  requires  public  companies  to  provide  their  stockholders  with  an  advisory  vote  to  approve  executive 
compensation  at  least  once  every  three  years.  At  our  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  in  2017,  our  stockholders  approved  a  proposal  to  hold  a  stockholder  advisory  vote  on 
executive compensation every year.

This proposal, commonly known as a “Say-on-Pay” proposal, gives stockholders the opportunity to endorse or not endorse our executive pay program and policies.

Prior Say-on-Pay Advisory Vote

Our  Board  values  our  stockholders’  feedback  and  pays  careful  attention  to  communications  from  our  stockholders  regarding  our  executive  compensation  practices.  Our 
executive compensation program is designed to pay for performance and to align the long-term interests of our NEOs and other members of our management team with the 
long-term interests of our stockholders. We believe these design and alignment principles help to ensure an appropriate balance between risk and reward; while our incentive 
compensation  arrangements  do  not  encourage  employees  to  take  unnecessary  or  excessive  risks,  our  employees  are  rewarded  for  executing  on  our  financial  and  strategic 
objectives.  Further,  the  Compensation  Committee  and  the  Board  believe  that  the  compensation  policies  and  procedures  are  effective  in  furthering  our  achievement  of  short-
term, medium-term and long-term business goals, and that the compensation of our NEOs, which is structured to motivate superior individual performance, has supported and 
contributed to our success.

Say-on-Golden Parachute Advisory Vote

In addition to considering the prior Say-on-Pay advisory vote, we held a special meeting of stockholders on February 9, 2024, regarding the proposed merger with Metropolis. At 
the meeting, the vote on a proposal to approve, on a non-binding, advisory basis, the compensation that will or may become payable by us to our NEOs in connection with the 
proposed merger with Metropolis and contemplated by the Merger Agreement did not receive a majority of votes. However, as the vote was non-binding, the results of such vote 
will not impact any of our contractual commitments or plans or ability to move forward with those commitments.

Role of the Compensation Committee

Our Compensation Committee has administered our executive compensation program since the committee was established in conjunction with our initial public offering. Broadly 
stated, the Compensation Committee’s overall role is to oversee all of our compensation plans and policies, administer our equity plans and policies, approve equity grants to 
our executive officers and review and approve all compensation decisions relating to the NEOs. Our Compensation Committee engaged Meridian in 2023 as a consultant to 
assist in addressing and discharging its duties and obligations. As required by the SEC, the Compensation Committee has determined Meridian has no conflicts of interest with 
SP+ and is independent.

Role of Management

Our CEO and Chief Human Resources Officer regularly and routinely work with our Compensation Committee throughout the year, with input from our outside legal counsel, as 
well as from the Compensation Committee’s compensation consultant. Our CEO plays an integral role in making specific recommendations to the Compensation Committee 
regarding  the  compensation  for  all  of  the  NEOs  other  than  the  CEO  himself.  The  Board  decides  the  compensation  of  our  CEO  following  recommendations  made  by  the 
Compensation Committee.

Executive Stock Ownership Requirements 

In order to align the interests of our senior executives with those of our stockholders, we implemented stock ownership requirements for our senior executives in January 2007. 
In March 2021, the Board adopted new, more expansive executive stock ownership requirements for the same purpose, and also to help attract, motivate, and retain a talented 
and creative executive team while further promoting our commitment to sound corporate governance. Under the stock ownership requirements, our CEO is required to own and 
continuously hold a number of shares of our common stock and RSUs with a total value at least equal to three times his base salary. Additionally, each member of our executive 
team is required to own and continuously hold a number of shares of our common stock and RSUs with a total value at least equal to two times his or her base salary and each 
member of our senior management team is required to own and continuously hold a number of shares of our common stock and RSUs with a total value at least equal to one 
times his or her base salary. Our NEOs meet the applicable requirements.  

Hedging and Pledging Policy

Our  insider  trading  policy  prohibits  directors,  officers,  employees,  consultants  and  certain  of  their  family  members  ("Covered  Persons")  from  entering  into  any  hedging  or 
monetization  transactions  relating  to  our  securities  or  otherwise  trading  in  any  instrument  relating  to  the  future  price  of  our  securities,  such  as  a  put  or  call  option,  futures 
contract, short sale, collar or other derivative security. The policy also prohibits Covered Persons from pledging SP+ common stock as collateral for any loans.

Tax and Accounting Considerations

We measure stock-based compensation expense at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and the expense is recognized over the requisite employee service 
period (generally, the vesting period) for awards expected to vest. We account for forfeitures of stock-based awards when they occur. Accounting rules also require us to record 
cash compensation as an expense at the time the obligation is accrued.

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code limits the deductibility of compensation paid to certain executive officers to $1 million per year. The Compensation Committee has 
and  will  continue  to  take  into  consideration  Section  162(m)  in  establishing  compensation  for  our  executives  but  considers  other  factors  and  business  needs  as  well. 
Interpretations of and changes in applicable tax laws and regulations, as well as other factors beyond our control, can affect deductibility of compensation. For these and other 
reasons, the Compensation Committee has determined that it will not necessarily seek to limit executive compensation to the amount that is deductible under Section 162(m) of 
the Code.

Relationship between Compensation Plans and Risk

The Compensation Committee has concluded that it is not reasonably likely that the risks arising from our compensation policies and practices would have a material adverse 
effect on SP+. In reaching this conclusion, the Compensation Committee considered the following factors:

•

In  January  2023,  Willis  Towers  Watson  conducted  a  risk  assessment  of  our  executive  compensation  policies  and  practices  and  concluded  that  we  do  not 
compensate or incentivize our executives in a manner that creates risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse impact on SP+ and that, on an
overall  basis,  our  executive  compensation  program  aligns  with  current  market  practices,  contains  an  appropriate  balance  of  risks  versus  rewards,  and 
incorporates appropriate risk mitigating factors;   

64

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

•

•

Our  compensation  program  is  designed  to  provide  a  mix  of  both  fixed  and  variable  incentive  compensation  with  no  one  component  of  pay  providing  a 
disproportionate segment of the whole; and

Our compensation is balanced between a variety of different measures and both short-term and long-term incentives are designed to reward execution of our 
short-term and long-term corporate strategies.

Clawback Policy

We believe that it is in the best interest of SP+ and our stockholders to maintain a culture that emphasizes integrity and accountability, including as to financial reporting matters. 
Accordingly, in October 2023, the Board adopted the Dodd-Frank Clawback policy to comply with the final rules issued by the SEC and the final listing standard to be adopted by 
NASDAQ pursuant to Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and to supplement their existing clawback policy which was enacted in 
2019. These policies provide for the recoupment of certain executive officer compensation in the event of an accounting restatement resulting from material noncompliance with 
financial reporting requirements under the federal securities laws. These policies are administered by the Compensation Committee, and they apply to Incentive Compensation 
paid,  granted  or  otherwise  awarded  to  our  current  and  former  executive  officers.  “Incentive  Compensation”  includes  annual  bonuses  and  other  short-  and  long-term  cash 
incentive awards, stock options, restricted stock awards and other equity or equity-based awards, but does not include restricted stock or similar awards subject to only time-
based vesting.  

Tax Reimbursement Agreements

In  connection  with  the  Merger  Agreement,  on  October,  4,  2023,  we  entered  into  tax  reimbursement  agreements  with  Mr.  Baumann  and  Mr.  Roy,  and  on  November  22  and 
November 24, 2023, we entered into tax reimbursement agreements with Mr. Sherman and Ms. Vig, respectively, which provide each of them, to the extent they are subjected to 
the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, with a payment such that each of them will retain an amount equal to the amount he or she would have received had the excise 
tax not applied to certain payments and benefits received in connection with the proposed merger with Metropolis.

The Compensation Committee of the Board has reviewed and discussed with management the foregoing “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” and, based on such review 
and discussion, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board that the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” be included in this Form 10-K for filing with the 
SEC. 

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT 

By the Compensation Committee

Wyman T. Roberts (Chair)
Gregory A. Reid 
Diana L. Sands
Douglas R. Waggoner  

Executive Compensation

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth the compensation earned, awarded or paid for services rendered to us in all capacities for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2023, 2022 and 
2021 by our Principal Executive Officer (“PEO”), our Principal Financial Officer (“PFO”) and our other two NEOs.

Name and Principal Position
                    (a)
G Marc Baumann
Chief Executive Officer;
President (PEO)

Kristopher H. Roy
Chief Financial Officer (PFO)

Christopher Sherman
President, Commercial Division

(4)

Ritu Vig
President, Aviation Division

(5)

Year
(b)
  2023  
  2022  
  2021  

Bonus
($)
(d)

Salary
($)
(c)
800,031      
800,031      
800,031      

Stock
Awards
($)
(e)

(1)

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
(g)

(2)

All Other
Compensation
($)
(i)

(3)

Total
($)
(j)

—    
—    
—    

2,400,022    
2,400,028    
2,944,473    

1,165,360      
1,008,000      
1,200,000      

38,255      
26,356      
2,500      

4,403,668  
4,234,415  
4,947,004  

2023  
2022  
2021  

522,937  
472,935  
425,017  

  2023  
  2022  
  2021  

496,352      
412,001      
412,001      

2023  
2022  
2021  

447,934  
397,932  
350,013  

—  
—  
—  

—    
—    
—    

—  
—  
—  

600,031
600,015
633,783

500,020
200,015
193,433

450,032
425,009
508,797

437,010  
346,500  
300,000  

396,328      
238,140      
165,000      

368,270  
283,500  
300,000  

24,855      
12,385      
1,431  

1,584,833  
1,431,835  
1,360,231  

24,066      
9,945      
3,227      

1,416,766  
860,101  
773,661  

24,720      
9,180  
2,500  

1,290,956  
1,115,621  
1,161,310  

(1)  The amounts shown in column (e) for 2023 represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the 2023-2025 PSU awards and RSU awards, which were granted under the LTIP. The fair value of the PSU 
awards and the regular RSU awards granted to all NEOs is based on the closing price of our common stock on the grant date, March 2, 2023 ($34.57), and, with respect to the PSUs, is calculated at the 
target  share  payout  for  the  cumulative  three  years  of  the  performance  period.  For  a  discussion  of  the  assumptions  used  in  determining  the  grant  date  fair  value,  please  refer  to  Note  6. Stock-Based 
Compensation within our Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The maximum value of the PSUs assuming the highest level of performance conditions will be achieved would be $2,400,000
for Mr. Baumann, $600,000 for Mr. Roy, $500,000 for Mr. Sherman and $450,000 for Ms. Vig. For information about the threshold and maximum payout amounts under the PSU awards, see the “Grants 
of Plan-Based Awards for 2023” table below. 
The amounts shown in column (e) were computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718, not the actual amounts paid 
to or realized by the NEOs during our 2023, 2022 and 2021 fiscal years. An explanation of the methodology for payouts under our PSU and RSU awards is discussed in the footnotes to the “Grants of 
Plan-Based Awards for 2023” and “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 2023” tables below.

(2)  The amounts for 2023 shown in column (g) reflect cash bonuses paid pursuant to our Management Incentive Compensation Program for 2023 performance.
(3)  The values of All Other Compensation reported in column (i) include our 401(k) contributions, life insurance and financial planning services for each of our NEOs. In 2023, the value of Mr. Baumann's group 

term life insurance was $11,430. Furthermore, the value of Financial Planning for each NEO was $13,500.

(4)  For the calendar years 2022 and 2021, Mr. Sherman was not an NEO; in 2022, he served as Chief Strategy Officer, Commercial Division, and prior to 2022, as Senior Vice President, Operations.
(5)  For the calendar years 2022 and 2021, Ms. Vig was not an NEO; prior to 2023, she served as Chief Legal Officer.

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
     
     
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
     
     
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards for 2023

The  following  table  sets  forth  summary  information  regarding  RSUs  and  PSUs  granted  to  our  NEOs  pursuant  to  our  LTIP  and  bonus  amounts  achievable  pursuant  to  our 
Management Incentive Compensation Program during 2023.

Name
(a)

G Marc Baumann

Kristopher H. Roy

Christopher Sherman

Ritu Vig

Grant
Date
(b)

(1
)
(2
)
(3
)
(1
)
(2
)
(3
)
(1
)
(2
)
(3
)
(1
)
(2
)
(3
)

1/1/2023  

3/1/2023  

3/1/2023  

1/1/2023  

3/1/2023  

3/1/2023  

1/1/2023  

3/1/2023  

3/1/2023  

1/1/2023  

3/1/2023  

3/1/2023  

Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards
Target
($)
(d)

(1)

Threshold
($)
(c)

Maximum
($)
(e)

Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive
Plan Awards
Target
(#)
(g)

(2)

Maximum
(#)
(h)

Threshold
(#)
(f)

All Other Stock 
Awards: 
Number of 
Shares of Stock 
or Units
Units
(#)
(i)

(3)

Grant Date
Fair Value of
Stock 
Awards
Value
($)
(j)

200,000  

  800,000  

  1,600,000      

75,000  

  300,000  

600,000      

62,500  

  250,000  

500,000      

56,250  

  225,000  

450,000      

347      

34,712      

69,424    

1,199,994  

34,713    

1,200,028  

87      

8,678      

17,356    

299,998  

8,679    

300,033  

72      

7,232      

14,464    

250,010  

7,232    

250,010  

65      

6,509      

13,018    

225,016  

6,509    

225,016  

(1)

(2)

(3)

The amounts included in columns (c), (d) and (e) reflect the cash bonus amounts achievable pursuant to our Management Incentive Compensation Program. See “Compensation Discussion and 
Analysis” for a discussion of timing of various pay decisions.
On March 1, 2023, the Compensation Committee established the threshold, target and maximum payout levels for the 2023-2025 PSUs granted pursuant to our LTIP. These PSUs will vest, if at all, 
at  the  completion  of  the  2023-2025  performance  period  depending  on  whether  the  threshold  performance  target  is  met;  the  maximum  award  is  200%  of  the  target.  The  following  table  provides 
additional information about the value of the awards based on threshold, target and maximum payout levels for the cumulative three years of the performance period. Column (j) sets forth the grant 
date fair value of these PSUs based on target performance and the closing price of our common stock ($34.57) on March 1, 2023.
Column (i) sets forth the number of RSUs granted on March 2, 2023, all of which vest on December 31, 2025, subject to continued service. Column (j) sets forth the grant date fair value of these
RSUs based on the closing price of our common stock ($34.57) on March 2, 2023, and is computed in accordance with FASB ASC 718.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 2023

The following table shows stock awards subject to certain restrictions and other contingencies outstanding on December 31, 2023, the last day of our fiscal year, for our NEOs. 
No NEO held stock options or stock appreciation rights as of December 31, 2023.

Stock Awards

Name

G Marc Baumann

Kristopher H. Roy

Christopher Sherman

Ritu Vig

Vesting Period/
Performance
 Period

(1)

Number of
Shares or Units
That
Have Not
Vested 
(#)

Market Value of Shares 
or Units of Stock
That Have
Not Vested
($)

(2)

1/1/22-12/31/24
1/1/22-12/31/24 
1/1/23-12/31/25
1/1/23-12/31/25 
1/1/22-12/31/24 
1/1/22-12/31/24 

 (4)

(5)

 (6)

(7)

(4)

(5)

1/1/23-12/31/25 

(6)

1/1/23-12/31/25 
1/1/22-12/31/24 
1/1/22-12/31/24 
1/1/23-12/31/25 

(7)

(4)

(5)

(6)

1/1/23-12/31/25 
1/1/22-12/31/24 
1/1/22-12/31/24 
1/1/23-12/31/25 

(7)

(4)

(5)

(6)

38,962  

34,713  

9,741  

8,679    

3,247  

7,232  

6,900  

1/1/23-12/31/25 

(7)

6,509    

1,996,803    

1,779,041    

499,226    

444,799    

166,409    

370,640    

353,625    

333,586    

Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested
(#)

(3)

38,961    

34,712    

9,740    

8,678    

3,247    

7,232    

6,899    

6,509    

Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or
Payout Value
of Unearned
Shares, Units
or Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested
($)

(2)

1,996,751    

1,778,990    

499,175    

444,748    

166,409    

370,640    

353,574    

333,586    

(1)

(2)
(3)

(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)

For a better understanding of this table, we have included an additional column showing the time-based vesting periods applicable to the  of RSUs and the associated performance periods for the 
PSUs. 
Based on the closing price per share of our common stock on December 29, 2023 ($51.25). 
The shares in the Equity Incentive Plan Awards column represent PSU awards based on target payout, except for the PSUs described in footnote (4), below, that were paid out based on actual 
performance.
The performance period for these PSUs is scheduled to end on December 31, 2024, and the settlement, if any, is scheduled to be made in the first quarter of 2025.
These RSUs will vest on December 31, 2024, subject to the NEO’s continued service through such date.
The performance period for these PSUs is scheduled to end on December 31, 2025, and the settlement, if any, is scheduled to be made in the first quarter of 2026.
These RSUs will vest on December 31, 2025, subject to the NEO’s continued service through such date.

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
     
     
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
     
     
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
     
     
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
Table of Contents

Stock Vested During 2023

The following table provides information on the RSUs and PSUs held by our NEOs that vested during 2023. SP+ has no outstanding option awards.

Stock Awards

Number of
Shares
Acquired on
(1)
Vesting (#)

78,550  

17,852  

12,889  

13,390  

Value
Realized on
Vesting
($)

(2)

4,003,694  

909,916  

521,294  

682,488  

Name
G Marc Baumann

(3)

Kristopher H. Roy

(4)

Christopher Sherman

(5)

(6)

Ritu Vig
(1)
(2)

(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)

RSUs and PSUs granted on March 3, 2021 that vested December 1, 2023. Additionally, includes 8,426 RSUs granted in 2018 to Mr. Sherman that vested March 1, 2023.
Based  on  the  closing  price  per  share  of  our  common  stock  on  the  vesting  date,  which  was  December  1,  2023  ($50.97)  for  Mr.  Baumann,  Mr.  Roy  and  Ms.  Vig,  as  well  as  4,463  shares  for  Mr. 
Sherman. Additionally, for Mr. Sherman, 8,426 shares were based on a closing price per share of our common stock on the vesting date, which was March 1, 2023 ($34.87).
Comprised of shares relating to 47,130 RSUs and 31,420 PSUs that vested.
Comprised of shares relating to 10,712 RSUs and 7,140 PSUs that vested.
Comprised of shares relating to 11,105 RSUs and 1,784 PSUs that vested.
Comprised of shares relating to 8,034 RSUs and 5,356 PSUs that vested.

Nonqualified Defined Contribution and Other Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans

We offer a non-qualified deferred compensation plan to those employees whose participation in the 401(k) plan is limited by statute or regulation (the "Deferred Compensation 
Plan"). Our NEOs each participated in the Deferred Compensation Plan during 2023 which provided each with the opportunity to defer an amount that, when combined with his 
or  her  401(k)  plan  deferral,  will  equal  the  maximum  allowable  deferral  pursuant  to  the  IRS  section  415  limits,  to  be  paid  upon  separation  of  employment  or  distribution  date 
selected  by  the  participant.  The  aggregate  earnings  credited  to  participants'  accounts  in  the  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  correspond  to  the  actual  returns  of  their  chosen 
investments funds. The following table sets forth the nonqualified deferred compensation for our NEOs for the year ending December 31, 2023.

Name
      (a)

G Marc Baumann
Kristopher H. Roy
Christopher Sherman
Ritu Vig

Executive
Contributions in
2023
(1)
($)
(b)
16,001  
20,917  
201,232  
20,157  

Registrant
Contributions in
2023 
(2)
($)
(c)

9,225  
9,225  
8,481  
9,225  

Aggregate
Earnings in
2023 
(3)
($)
(d)

34,983    
74,224    
113,975    
17,014    

Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions 
($)

(e)

—    
—    
—    
—    

(4)

Aggregate
Balance at
12/31/23 
($)
(f)
353,829  
491,115  
962,689  
97,921  

(1)  The amounts included in column (b) are included as Salary in column (c) of the Summary Compensation Table.
(2)  The amounts included in column (c) are included as All Other Compensation in column (i) of the Summary Compensation Table.  
(3)  Because the earnings reflected in column (d) do not constitute above-market interest or preferential earnings, none of the amounts reported in column (d) are reported in the Summary Compensation 

Table.

(4)  Amounts  reported  in  column  (f)  for  each  NEO  include  amounts  reported  in  the  Summary  Compensation  Table  in  previous  years  when  earned  if  that  executive’s  compensation  was  required  to  be  

disclosed in a previous year.

CEO Pay Ratio

As required by the Dodd-Frank Act and Item 402(u) of Regulation S-K, we are providing the following information about the relationship of the annual total compensation of our 
median employee to the annual total compensation of our CEO.

As is permitted under the SEC rules, to determine our median employee, we chose “gross wages” as our consistently applied compensation measure. Using a determination 
date of December 31, 2023, our employee population was comprised of 19,335 people. Under the de minimis rule, we may exclude non-U.S. employees who account for 5% or 
less of our total employees. In determining the identity of our median employee, we excluded 280 non-US employees from the following countries: Canada (167); the United 
Kingdom (46); and India (67). From the remaining 19,055 US employees, we identified our median employee. We determined that our median employee’s total compensation 
was  $25,155  calculated  in  accordance  with  the  SEC  rules  applicable  to  the  Summary  Compensation  Table,  while  our  CEO’s  total  compensation  included  in  the  Summary 
Compensation Table was $4,403,668. Accordingly, our estimated CEO pay ratio is 175 to 1.

This ratio is a reasonable estimate calculated using a methodology consistent with the SEC rules. As the SEC rules allow companies to adopt a wide range of methodologies, to 
apply country exclusions and to make reasonable estimates and assumptions that reflect their compensation practices to identify the median employee and calculate the CEO 
pay ratio, the ratio may not be comparable to the CEO pay ratios presented by other companies.

Employment Agreements

Mr. Baumann

We entered into an amended and restated CEO Employment Agreement with Mr. Baumann effective as of October 4, 2023 (the "CEO Employment Agreement"). The Amended 
and Restated CEO Employment Agreement provides Mr. Baumann with the following compensation and benefits:

•

•

•

•

•

annual base salary of no less than $800,000, subject to review annually in accordance with SP+’s review policies and practices then in effect;

participation in any annual bonus program maintained by SP+ for its senior executives with a target of not less than $800,000;

participation in the LTIP;

participation in all compensation and employee benefit plans or programs, and all benefits or perquisites, for which any member of our senior management is 
eligible under any existing or future plan or program; and

payment of the premiums for Mr. Baumann’s supplemental life insurance until the age of 72; the current amount of the annual premium is $2,825.

The Amended and Restated CEO Employment Agreement provides continuation of certain salary and benefits upon termination of employment depending upon the reason for 
termination as described below under “Payments and Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control-Mr. Baumann.” The Amended 

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

and  Restated  CEO  Employment  Agreement  also  provides  that  Mr.  Baumann  may  not  disclose  or  use  any  of  our  confidential  information  during  the  term  of  the  employment 
agreement. During his employment with SP+ and for a period of 24 months following his termination for any reason, he is precluded from engaging or assisting in any business 
that is in competition with SP+ and from soliciting our clients, customers, business referral sources, employees or representatives.

Under  the  Amended  and  Restated  CEO  Employment  Agreement,  Mr.  Baumann  is  entitled  to  receive  enhanced  severance  benefits  upon  a  termination  of  employment  that 
occurs in connection with a change in control. In the event that Mr. Baumann’s employment with SP+ is terminated without cause or he terminates his employment for good 
reason (as each term is defined in the Amended and Restated CEO Employment Agreement) during the period beginning three months prior to the announcement of a change 
in control of SP+ and ending two years following said change in control, subject to his compliance in all material respects with the restrictive covenants set forth in the CEO 
Employment Agreement and his execution and non-revocation of a separation agreement and release, Mr. Baumann will receive the following payments and benefits:

•

•

•

•

•

36-months base salary;

36-months target annual bonus;

any bonus that was earned but unpaid as of the date employment was terminated;

when vested, amounts due under outstanding equity awards; and 

18 months of welfare benefits continuation coverage for Mr. Baumann and his family.

Messrs. Roy and Sherman and Ms. Vig

On  November  15,  2022,  we  announced  several  leadership  changes,  all  of  which  took  effect  on  January  1,  2023.  As  part  of  these  changes,  Mr.  Sherman  transitioned  to 
President, Commercial Division and Ms. Vig transitioned to President, Aviation Division. 

We also have employment agreements with each of Messrs. Roy and Sherman and Ms. Vig.

Each executive’s compensation is governed largely by his or her respective employment agreement, subject to annual review. The employment agreements of Messrs. Roy and 
Sherman and Ms. Vig automatically renew for one-year periods unless either party provides advanced notice of an intention not to renew the employment agreement. As of 
February  27,  2024,  the  employment  agreements  will  automatically  renew  for  Messrs.  Roy  and  Sherman  and  Ms.  Vig  on  the  following  dates  unless  either  party  provides  a 
termination notice: Mr. Roy - August 31, 2024 and Mr. Sherman and Ms. Vig - January 1, 2025.  

Each of the employment agreements provides the NEO with the following compensation and benefits:

•

•

•

•

A minimum annual base salary, subject to review annually in accordance with SP+'s review policies and practices then in effect;

Participation in any annual bonus program maintained by SP+ for its senior executives;

Participation in the LTIP; and

Participation in all compensation and employee benefit plans or programs, and all benefits or perquisites, for which any member of our senior management is 
eligible under any existing or future plan or program.

The annual salary for each as of December 31, 2023 was as follows: Mr. Roy-$525,000, Mr. Sherman-$500,000 and Ms. Vig-$450,000.

The employment agreements provide that each of these NEOs is entitled to continuation of certain salary and benefits upon termination of employment depending upon the 
reason for termination as described below under “Payments and Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control-Potential Payments to Other Executive Officers.”
The  employment  agreements  for  each  of  these  NEOs  also  provide  that  they  may  not  disclose  or  use  any  confidential  information  of  SP+  during  or  after  the  term  of  the 
employment agreement. During their employment with us and for a period of 12 months following their termination of employment for any reason, each of these employees is 
precluded  from  engaging  or  assisting  in  any  business  that  is  in  competition  with  SP+  and  from  soliciting  any  of  our  clients,  customers,  business  referral  sources,  officers,
employees or representatives.

Change in Control Severance Plan

Under the Change in Control Severance Plan, Messrs. Roy and Sherman and Ms. Vig are designated as “Tier 1 Employees” and entitled to enhanced severance benefits upon 
a termination of employment that occurs in connection with a change in control. In the event a Tier 1 Employee’s employment with SP+ is terminated without cause or a Tier 1 
Employee  terminates  his  or  her  employment  for  good  reason  (as  each  term  is  defined  in  the  Change  in  Control  Severance  Plan)  in  the  three  months  prior  to  or  two  years 
following a change in control of SP+, such Tier 1 Employee will receive the following benefits:

•

•

•

•

•

24 months base salary;

24-months target annual bonus;

any bonus that was earned but unpaid as of the date employment was terminated;

all accrued and unpaid expenses; and

12 months of COBRA continuation coverage.

Payments and Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control

Potential Payments to Mr. Baumann

Our  employment  agreement  with  Mr.  Baumann  is  terminable  by  us  for  cause.  If  his  employment  is  terminated  by  reason  of  his  death,  we  are  obligated  to  pay  his  estate  an 
amount equal to the base salary earned through the end of the calendar month in which death occurs, plus any earned and unpaid annual bonus, a pro-rata portion of the target 
bonus for the year in which the death occurs, vacation pay and other benefits earned through the date of death including any vested benefits to which he may be entitled and the 
value of any in-flight equity awards that will vest on the date of termination or later. 

If Mr. Baumann’s employment is terminated by reason of disability, we are obligated to pay him or his legal representative an amount equal to his annual base salary in effect on 
the date of termination for, eighteen (18) months reduced by amounts received under any disability benefit program, plus any earned and unpaid annual bonus, pro-rata portion 
of the target bonus for the year the date of termination occurs, vacation pay and other benefits earned through the date of termination, including any vested benefits to which he 
may be entitled and the value of any in-flight equity awards that will vest on the date of the termination or later.  

68

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Upon Mr. Baumann’s termination of employment for cause or by reason of his voluntary resignation not for good reason, we must pay him the annual base salary through the 
date of termination, the annual bonus for any calendar year ended prior to termination, and any vested benefits to which he may be entitled.  

If Mr. Baumann voluntarily resigns for “good reason” (as defined in the Amended and Restated CEO Employment Agreement) or upon our termination of his employment for any 
reason other than cause, we must continue to pay his most recent base salary and target annual bonus, for a period of 24 months following termination, pay any earned but 
unpaid annual bonus, and provide him and/or his family with certain other benefits including health insurance (medical and dental) for eighteen months and any vested benefits
to which he may be entitled as well as the value on any in-flight equity awards that will vest on the date of termination or later. 

Mr. Baumann is subject to non-competition and non-solicitation agreements for 24 months following termination of his employment.

Post-Employment  Payments.  The  following  table  describes  certain  potential  payments  and  benefits  payable  to  Mr.  Baumann,  our  Chairman  and  CEO,  if  his  employment 
terminated and a change of control occurred on December 31, 2023, the last day of the fiscal year.

Compensation Component
Compensation
Base salary
Target cash incentive
RSUs
PSUs
Benefits and Perquisites
Health Benefits
Insurance Funding
Total

CEO Voluntary
Resignation
($)

—  
—  
  1,924,215  
  1,924,165  

(4)

(5)

—  
9,888  

CEO
Resignation
for Good
Reason
($)

  1,600,000  
  1,600,000  
  1,924,215  
  1,924,165  

42,545  
9,888  

(2)

(2)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

Company
Termination
Without
Cause
($)

  1,600,000  
  1,600,000  
  1,924,215  
  1,924,165  

42,545  
9,888  

(1)

(2)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

  3,858,268  

  7,100,813  

  7,100,813  

Company
Termination
for Cause
($)

Change in
Control within 
two years
($)

—    
—    
—    
—    

—    
9,888    

9,888    

(3)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(3)

(3)

  2,400,000  
  2,400,000  
  3,775,844  
  3,775,741  

42,545  
9,888  
12,404,01
8  

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)

Payable as salary continuation for 24 months, subject to compliance with covenants not to solicit or compete for 24 months.
Payable as salary continuation for 24 months, subject to compliance with covenants not to solicit or compete for 24 months.
In the event the CEO is terminated following a change of control, payment would follow the change in control termination provisions outlined in his employment agreement. 
For  a  voluntary  resignation  after  age  65,  the  RSUs  are  pro-rated.  In  the  event  of  a  change  of  control,  the  RSU  vesting  accelerates.  For  purposes  of  this  schedule,  the  value  of  the  RSUs  was 
calculated by multiplying the closing price per share of common stock on December 29, 2023 ($51.25).

(5)  For a retirement after age 65, the PSUs vest pro-rata (i.e. open cycles) provided that the vesting provisions including any performance requirements are met. For purposes of this schedule, the value of 
the PSUs was calculated by multiplying the closing price per share of common stock on December 29, 2023 by the pro-rated actual value. In the event of a change of control prior to the end of the 
performance cycle, the performance period ends as of the date of the change of control and the performance goal is measured through this date with appropriate adjustments to reflect the shortened 
performance period and all target shares are awarded. 

(6)  Estimated cost of health insurance coverage continuation for 18 months computed at current premium.
(7)  Estimated cost of required life insurance policy payments computed based on 2023 premiums.

Potential Payments to Other Named Executive Officers

Each of our employment agreements with Messrs. Roy and Sherman and Ms. Vig is terminable by us for cause. If their employment is terminated by reason of their death, we 
are obligated to pay their respective estates an amount equal to the base salary earned through the end of the calendar month in which death occurs, plus any earned and 
unpaid annual bonus, vacation pay and other benefits earned through the date of death. If the employment of Messrs. Roy or Sherman or Ms. Vig is terminated by us because 
of the NEO's disability, we are obligated to pay the NEO or their legal representative an amount equal to their annual base salary for the duration of the employment period in 
effect on the date of termination, reduced by amounts received under any disability benefit program, plus any earned and unpaid annual bonus, vacation pay and other benefits 
earned through the date of termination. Upon termination of the employment for Messrs. Roy or Sherman or Ms. Vig for cause or by reason of their voluntary resignation without 
good reason, we must pay them the sum of 1/24 of their annual salary, payable over a 12-month period.   

If Messrs. Roy or Sherman or Ms. Vig voluntarily resigns for “good reason” (as defined in the respective employment agreement) or upon our termination of their employment for 
any reason other than cause, we must (i) pay the executive, for a period of 12 months following termination, payments at the rate of the executive’s most recent annual base 
salary and annual target bonus, and (ii) provide the executive and/or his or her family with certain other benefits. Messrs. Roy and Sherman and Ms. Vig are subject to non-
competition and non-solicitation agreements for 12 months following termination of their employment. 

Post-Employment Payments. The following table describes certain potential payments and benefits payable to Mr. Roy, our CFO, if his employment terminated and a change of 
control occurred on December 31, 2023, the last day of the fiscal year.

Compensation Component
Compensation

Base salary
Target cash incentive
RSUs
PSUs
Benefits and Perquisites
Health Benefits
Total

NEO Voluntary
Resignation
($)

NEO
Resignation
for Good
Reason
($)

Company
Termination
Without
Cause
($)

Company
Termination
for Cause
($)

Change in
Control within 
two years
($)

(1)

21,875  
—  
—  
—  

—  

21,875  

(2)

(2)

525,000  
300,000  
—  
—  

28,364  

(6)

853,364  

(1)

(2)

525,000  
300,000  
—  
—  

28,364  

(6)

853,364  

21,875  

(1)

—    
—    
—    

—    

  1,050,000  
600,000  
943,923  
944,025  

28,364  

(3)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(3)

21,875    

  3,566,312  

(1)  Payment as consideration for compliance with Protection of Proprietary Interests provisions per the terms of his employment agreement.
(2)  Payable as salary continuation over 12 months, subject to compliance with covenants not to solicit or compete for 12 months.
(3) 
(4) 

In the event NEO is terminated following a change of control, it would follow the termination without cause provisions outlined in the Change in Control Severance plan.  
In the event of a change of control, the RSU vesting accelerates. For purposes of this schedule, the value of the RSUs was calculated by multiplying the closing price per share of common stock on 

December 29, 2023 ($51.25).

(5)  With the exception of the shares vested on 12/31/23, the RSUs are forfeited for all reasons referenced in the table, except in the event of a change of control.
(6)  For a retirement after age 65, the PSUs vest pro-rata (i.e. open cycles) provided that the vesting provisions including any performance requirements are met. For purposes of this schedule, the value of 
the PSUs was calculated by multiplying the closing price per share of common stock on December 29, 2023 ($51.25) by the pro-rated actual value. In the event of a change of control prior to the end 
of the performance cycle, the performance period ends as of the date of the change of control and the performance goal is measured through this date with appropriate adjustments to reflect the 
shortened performance period and all target shares are awarded.

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(7)  Estimated cost of health insurance coverage continuation for 12 months computed at current premium.

Post-Employment  Payments.  The  following  table  describes  certain  potential  payments  and  benefits  payable  to  Mr.  Sherman,  our  President,  Commercial  Division,  if  his 
employment terminated and a change of control occurred on December 31, 2023, the last day of the fiscal year.

Compensation Component
Compensation
Base salary
Target cash incentive
RSUs
PSUs
Benefits and Perquisites
Health Benefits
Total

NEO Voluntary
Resignation
($)

NEO
Resignation
for Good
Reason
($)

Company
Termination
Without
Cause
($)

Company
Termination
for Cause
($)

Change in
Control within 
two years
($)

(1)

20,833  
—  
—  
—  

—  
20,833  

(2)

(2)

(6)

500,000  
250,000  
—  
—  

27,371  
777,371  

(1)

(2)

(6)

500,000  
250,000  
—  
—  

27,371  
777,371  

28,833  

(1)

—    
—    
—    

  1,000,000  
500,000  
537,049  
537,049  

—    
28,833    

27,371  
  2,601,469  

(3)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(3)

(1)  Payment as consideration for compliance with Protection of Proprietary Interests provisions per the terms of his employment agreement.
(2)  Payable as salary continuation over 12 months, subject to compliance with covenants not to solicit or compete for 12 months.
(3) 
(4)   In the event of a change of control, the RSU vesting accelerates. For purposes of this schedule, the value of the RSUs was calculated by multiplying the closing price per share of common stock on  

In the event NEO is terminated following a change of control, it would follow the termination without cause provisions outlined in the Change in Control Severance plan.  

December 29, 2023 ($51.25).

(5)  With the exception of the shares that vested on 12/31/23, the RSUs are forfeited for all reasons referenced in the table, except in the event of a change of control.
(6)  For a retirement after age 65, the PSUs vest pro-rata (i.e. open cycles) provided that the vesting provisions including any performance requirements are met. For purposes of this schedule, the value of 
the PSUs was calculated by multiplying the closing price per share of common stock on December 29, 2023 ($51.25) by the pro-rated actual value. In the event of a change of control prior to the end 
of the performance cycle, the performance period ends as of the date of the change of control and the performance goal is measured through this date with appropriate adjustments to reflect the 
shortened performance period and all target shares are awarded.

(7)  Estimated cost of health insurance coverage continuation for 12 months computed at current premium.

Post-Employment  Payments.  The  following  table  describes  certain  potential  payments  and  benefits  payable  to  Ms.  Vig,  President,  Aviation  Division,  if  her  employment 
terminated and a change of control occurred on December 31, 2023, the last day of the fiscal year.

Compensation Component
Compensation
Base salary
Target cash incentive
RSUs
PSUs
Benefits and Perquisites
Health Benefits
Total

NEO Voluntary
Resignation
($)

NEO
Resignation
for Good
Reason
($)

Company
Termination
Without
Cause
($)

Company
Termination
for Cause
($)

Change in
Control within 
two years
($)

(1)

18,750  
—  
—  
—  

—  
18,750  

(2)

(2)

450,000  
225,000  
—  
—  

—  
675,000  

(1)

(2)

450,000  
225,000  
—  
—  

—  
675,000  

18,750  

(1)

—    
—    
—    

900,000  
450,000  
687,211  
687,160  

(3)

(3)

(4)

(5)

—    
18,750    

—    

  2,724,371  

(1)  Payment as consideration for compliance with Protection of Proprietary Interests provisions per the terms of her employment agreement.
(2)  Payable as salary continuation over 12 months, subject to compliance with covenants not to solicit or compete for 12 months.
(3) 
(4)  For a voluntary resignation after age 65, the RSUs are pro-rated. In the event of a change of control, the RSU vesting accelerates. For purposes of this schedule, the value of the RSUs was calculated by 

In the event NEO is terminated following a change of control, it would follow the termination without cause provisions outlined in her employment agreement. 

multiplying the closing price per share of common stock on December 29, 2023 ($51.25). 

(5)  For a retirement after age 65, the PSUs vest pro-rata (i.e. open cycles) provided that the vesting provisions including any performance requirements are met. For purposes of this schedule, the value of 
the PSUs was calculated by multiplying the closing price per share of common stock on December 29, 2023 by the pro-rated actual value. In the event of a change of control prior to the end of the 
performance cycle, the performance period ends as of the date of the change of control and the performance goal is measured through this date with appropriate adjustments to reflect the shortened 
performance period and all target shares are awarded.

(6)  Estimated cost of health insurance coverage continuation for 12 months computed at current premium.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Table

The following table sets forth the compensation earned for services rendered to us for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2023 by our non-executive directors.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Table

(1)

Name
Alice M. Peterson
Gregory A. Reid
Wyman T. Roberts
Diana L. Sands
Douglas R. Waggoner

Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash 
($)
95,320  
84,218  
90,818  
93,815  
  117,820  

(2)

Stock
Awards
($)
130,023    
130,023    
130,023    
130,023    
130,023    

Option
Awards
($)

All Other
Compensation
($)

—    
—    
—    
—    
—    

—    
—    
—    
—    
—    

Total
($)
  225,343  
  214,241  
  220,841  
  223,838  
  247,843  

(1)  G Marc Baumann, our CEO, is also director but does not receive any compensation for his service as a director.
(2)  Represents the aggregate grant date fair value based on the closing price per share of our common stock on the grant date ($34.84 on May 10, 2023). For a discussion of the assumptions used in 

determining the grant date fair value, please refer to Note 6. Stock-Based Compensation within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Non-Employee Director Fees Earned or Paid in Cash

2023 directors’ fees paid in cash as stated below are paid only to directors who are not employees of SP+.

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Fee Category

Annual Cash Retainer (exclusive of Chair)
Lead Independent Director
Audit Committee Membership (exclusive of Chair)
Audit Committee Chair
Compensation Committee Membership (exclusive of Chair)
Compensation Committee Chair
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
   Membership (exclusive of Chair)
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Chair

Annual Rate ($)

(1)

70,500  
35,000    
10,000    
25,000  

(2)

7,500    

20,000  

(3)

5,000  

15,000    

(1)  The Annual Cash Retainer (exclusive of Chair)'s annual rate was $60,000 for the period January 1, 2023 to May 10, 2023.
(2)  The Audit Committee Chair's annual rate was $30,000 for the period January 1, 2023 to May 10, 2023.
(3)  The Compensation Committee Chair's annual rate was $17,500 for the period January 1, 2023 to May 10, 2023.

Non-Employee Director Stock Grants

Messrs.  Reid,  Roberts  and  Waggoner  and  Mses.  Peterson  and  Sands  each  received  a  fully  vested  stock  grant  of  3,732  shares  of  common  stock  on  May  10,  2023  for  their 
service as directors. 

Non-Employee Director Stock Ownership Requirements 

In March 2019, the Board adopted stock ownership requirements for our non-employee directors. Our non-employee directors are required to hold common stock equal to three 
times their annual cash retainer, which was $70,500 in 2023. All non-employee directors have achieved compliance with these stock ownership requirements.   

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Security Ownership

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of February 20, 2024 by:

•
•
•
•

each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;
each of our NEOs;
each of our directors; and
all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial  ownership  is  determined  in  accordance  with  SEC  rules.  In  computing  the  number  of  shares  beneficially  owned  by  a  person  and  the  percentage  ownership  of  that
person, shares of common stock subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the Record Date, are deemed issued and 
outstanding. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing percentage ownership of any other stockholder. 

Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, each stockholder named in the table has sole voting and investment power 
with respect to the shares shown as beneficially owned by them. This table also includes shares owned by a spouse as community property. 

Percentage beneficially owned is based on 19,798,884 shares of our common stock outstanding as of February 20, 2024, and is calculated in accordance with SEC rules.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
5% or Greater Beneficial Owners

(1)

Current Shares Beneficially 
Owned

(2)

Percent of Shares Beneficially 
Owned (%)

Alpine Associates Management Inc.
BlackRock, Inc.
River Road Asset Management, LLC
The Vanguard Group

(4)

(6)

(3)

(5)

Named Executive Officers & Directors
(7)

G Marc Baumann
Alice M. Peterson
Gregory A. Reid
Wyman T. Roberts
(8)
Kristopher H. Roy
Diana L. Sands
Christopher Sherman
Douglas R. Waggoner
Ritu Vig
All directors and executive officers as a group (9 persons)

(10)

(9)

(11)

999,100  
1,498,011  
1,428,239  
1,076,247  

133,131  
18,826  
21,829  
29,448  
22,345  
9,343  
17,082  
29,448  
14,073  
295,525  

5.05%
7.57%
7.21%
5.44%

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

*Less than 1.0% of the outstanding shares of common stock

(1)
(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

Except as otherwise indicated, the address for each beneficial owner listed in the table above is c/o SP Plus Corporation, 200 East Randolph Street, Suite 7700, Chicago, Illinois 60601-7702.
Except as otherwise noted and for shares held by a spouse and other members of the person's immediate family who share a household with the named person, the named persons have sole 
voting and investment power over the indicated number of shares. Shares represented by RSUs cannot be voted at the Annual Meeting.
The address for Alpine Associates Management Inc. is 249 Royal Palm Way, Suite 400, Palm Beach, FL 33480. The information with respect to Alpine Associates Management Inc. is based solely 
on information obtained from a Schedule 13G filed by Alpine Associates Management Inc. with the SEC on or about February 12, 2024. The foregoing has been included solely in reliance upon, and 
without independent investigation of, the disclosure contained in Alpine Associates Management Inc.'s Schedule 13G.
The address for BlackRock, Inc. is 50 Hudson Yards, New York, NY 10001. The information with respect to BlackRock, Inc. is based solely on information obtained from a Schedule 13G/A filed by 
BlackRock,  Inc.  with  the  SEC  on  or  about  January  26,  2024.  The  foregoing  has  been  included  solely  in  reliance  upon,  and  without  independent  investigation  of,  the  disclosures  contained  in 
BlackRock, Inc.’s Schedule 13G/A.

The address for River Road Asset Management, LLC is 462 South 4
 Street, Suite 2000, Louisville, KY 40202. The information with respect to River Road Asset Management, LLC is based solely 
on information obtained from a Schedule 13G/A filed by River Road Asset Management, LLC with the SEC on or about January 30, 2024. The foregoing has been included solely in reliance upon, 
and without independent investigation of, the disclosures contained in River Road Asset Management, LLC’s Schedule 13G/A.
The address for The Vanguard Group is 100 Vanguard Boulevard, Malvern, PA 19355. The information with respect to The Vanguard Group is based solely on information obtained from a Schedule 
13G/A filed by The Vanguard Group with the SEC on or about February 13, 2024. The foregoing has been included solely in reliance upon, and without independent investigation of, the disclosures 
contained in The Vanguard Group’s Schedule 13G/A.

th

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(7)

(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)

Held jointly with Mr. Baumann's spouse. Does not include (i) 38,962 RSUs that vest on December 31, 2024, (ii) 34,713 RSUs that vest on December 31, 2025, and (iii) 44,445 RSUs that vest on 
December 31, 2026.
Does not include (i) 9,741 RSUs that vest on December 31, 2024, (ii) 8,679 RSUs that vest on December 31, 2025, and (iii) 11,575 RSUs that vest on December 31, 2026.
Does not include (i) 3,247 RSUs that vest on December 31, 2024, (ii) 7,232 RSUs that vest on December 31, 2025, and (iii) 10,186 RSUs that vest on December 31, 2026.
Does not include (i) 6,900 RSUs that vest on December 31, 2024, (ii) 6,509 RSUs that vest on December 31, 2025, and (iii) 9,260 RSUs that vest on December 31, 2026.
Does not include 191,449 RSUs held by executive officers that vest at various times during the next three years for the four executive officers listed above.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

Director Independence

The rules of the Nasdaq require listed companies to have a board of directors with at least a majority of independent directors. These rules have both objective tests and a 
subjective test for determining who is an “independent director.” On an annual basis, each member of the Board is required to complete a questionnaire designed to provide 
information to assist the Board in determining whether the director is independent under Nasdaq listing standards and our Governance Guidelines, and whether members of our 
Audit  Committee  and  Compensation  Committee  satisfy  additional  SEC  and  Nasdaq  independence  requirements.  The  Board  has  adopted  guidelines  setting  forth  certain 
categories  of  transactions,  relationships  and  arrangements  that  it  has  deemed  immaterial  for  purposes  of  making  its  determination  regarding  a  director’s  independence,  and 
does not consider any such transactions, relationships, and arrangements in making its subjective determination. 

The  Board  has  determined  that  each  of  the  following  directors  is  independent  under  the  applicable  Nasdaq  listing  rules  and  our  Governance  Guidelines:  Alice  M.  Peterson, 
Gregory A. Reid, Diana L. Sands, Wyman T. Roberts and Douglas R. Waggoner. Mr. Baumann is not considered independent because he is our CEO. 

The  Board  limits  membership  on  the  Audit  Committee,  Compensation  Committee,  Executive  Committee  and  the  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee  to 
independent  directors,  and  all  directors  serving  on  such  committees  have  been  determined  to  be  independent.  Our  Governance  Guidelines  require  any  director  who  has 
previously been determined to be independent to inform the Chair, Lead Independent Director and our Corporate Secretary of any change in his or her principal occupation or 
status as a member of the Board of any other public company, or any change in circumstance that may cause his or her status as an independent director to change.

Related-Party Transaction Policy

As part of its oversight responsibilities, the charter of our Audit Committee requires the Audit Committee to review all related-party transactions for potential conflicts of interest. 
In addition, the Board has adopted our Related Party Transaction Policy that requires the Audit Committee to review all transactions between SP+ and our executive officers, 
directors, principal stockholders and other related persons for potential conflicts involving amounts in excess of $5,000. This policy is available on the Investor Relations portion 
of our website.

Transactions with Related Persons and Control Persons

The Board recognizes related person transactions present a heightened risk of conflicts of interest and/or improper valuation (or the perception thereof) and has determined that 
the Audit Committee is best suited to review and approve related person transactions. Our Audit Committee’s charter requires it to review, on an ongoing basis, related party 
transactions required to be disclosed in our public filings for potential conflict of interest situations and requires all such transactions to be approved by the Audit Committee or 
another independent body of the Board.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The  Audit  Committee,  with  the  approval  of  our  stockholders,  engaged  Ernst  &  Young  LLP  to  perform  an  annual  audit  of  our  financial  statements  for  the  fiscal  year  ended 
December 31, 2023. The following table presents fees for professional services rendered by Ernst & Young LLP for the audit of our annual consolidated financial statements for 
the years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the review of our interim consolidated financial statements for each quarter in fiscal years 2023 and 2022 and for 
tax and all other services rendered by Ernst & Young LLP during those periods.

Type of Fee
(1)
Audit Fees
Audit-Related Fees
(3)
Tax Fees
All Other Fees
Total

(4)

(2)

$

$

2023

2022

2,287,500   $
92,500    
—    
2,000    
2,382,000   $

2,250,500  
89,000  
—  
1,050  
2,340,550  

(1)

(2)

(3)
(4)

Audit fees include fees associated with the annual audit, including the audit of internal control, the reviews of our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and audit services provided in connection with other 
regulatory or statutory filings in which we have engaged Ernst & Young LLP.
Audit-Related Fees include fees associated with the issuance of a Service Organization Controls ("SOC") report recognized under Statement on Standards for Attestation Engagements ("SSAE") 18 
("SOC-1" Report").
Tax Fees include fees associated with tax compliance including preparation, review and filing of tax returns and assistance with tax audits and appeals.
All Other Fees include fees associated with products and services (online research tools) provided by Ernst & Young LLP.

Procedures for Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Pursuant to our pre-approval policy and procedures, the Audit Committee was responsible for reviewing and approving, in advance, all audit services and permissible non-audit 
services or relationships between SP+ and Ernst & Young LLP. The Audit Committee is responsible for appointing, setting compensation for and overseeing the work of our 
independent registered public accounting firm, and has established a policy concerning the pre-approval of services performed by our independent registered public accounting 
firm. Each proposed engagement not specifically identified by the SEC as impairing independence is evaluated for independence implications prior to entering into a contract 
with the independent registered public accounting firm for such services. The Audit Committee has approved in advance certain permitted services whose scope is consistent 
with maintaining the independence of our registered public accounting firm.

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Documents filed as part of this report

1. All Financial Statements

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

PART IV

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 42)
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022
For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021

Consolidated Statements of Income 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income  
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Financial Statement Schedule

29
30

31

32
33
34
35
36 

Schedules are omitted since the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information 
required is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.

3. Exhibits

Exhibit
Number

Description

Incorporated by Reference

Form   Exhibit

Filing Date/Period End
Date

2.1   Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of October 16, 2018, by and among Craig Mateer, ZWB 

8-K

2.1

October 17, 2018

Holdings, Inc., Rynn's Luggage Corporation and the Company. The schedules and exhibits to the 
Stock Purchase Agreement have been omitted from this filing pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of 
Regulation S-K but will be provided supplementally to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon 
request.

2.2   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 4, 2023, among SP Plus Corporation, Metropolis 

8-K

Technologies, Inc., and Schwinger Merger Sub Inc.

3.1   Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company filed on June 2, 2004.

3.1.1   Certificate of Amendment of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the 

Company effective as of January 7, 2008.

10-K

10-K

2.2

3.1

October 5, 2023

December 31, 2008

3.1.1

December 31, 2008

3.1.2   Certificate of Amendment of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the 

10-Q

3.1.3

June 30, 2010

Company effective as of April 29, 2010.

3.1.3   Certificate of Amendment of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the 

10-Q

3.1.4

June 30, 2010

Company effective as of May 6, 2010.

3.1.4   Certificate of Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of SP 

Plus Corporation dated May 11, 2023.

3.1.5   Certificate of Ownership and Merger, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on 

November 25, 2013, effective as of December 2, 2013.

3.2   Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company dated January 1, 2010.

3.2.1   Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company dated February 19, 2016.

3.2.2   Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company dated August 5, 2016.

3.2.3   Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company dated May 11, 2023.

4.1   Specimen common stock certificate.

4.2   Description of the Securities of the Registrant

10.1   Credit Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2018, by and among the Company, as the borrower; 

certain subsidiaries of the Company, as guarantors; Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, 
swing-line lender and a letter of credit issuer; Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as syndication agent; BMO 
Harris Bank N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., KeyBank National Association, and U.S. Bank 
National Association, as co-documentation agents;  Merrill  Lynch,  Pierce,  Fenner  &  Smith  
Incorporated,  and  Wells  Fargo Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, and 
the lenders party thereto.

8-K

8-K

10-Q

10-Q

10-Q

8-K

10-K

10-K

8-K

3.1

3.1

3.1

3.1.1

3.1.2

3.2

4.1

4.2

May 16, 2023

December 2, 2013

September 30, 2016

September 30, 2016

September 30, 2016

May 16, 2023

December 31, 2015

February 22, 2021

10.1

November 30, 2018

10.1.1   First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 4, 2019, entered into among the 

10-K

10.1.1

February 27, 2019

Company, the Guarantors and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and 
L/C Issuer.

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

10.1.2   Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2019, by and among the Company, 
as the borrower; certain subsidiaries of the Company, as guarantors; Bank of America, N.A., as 
administrative agent, swing-line lender and a letter of credit issuer; Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as 
syndication agent; BMO Harris Bank N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., KeyBank National 
Association, and U.S. Bank National Association, as co-documentation agents.

10-Q

10.1

October 31, 2019

10.1.3   Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2020, by and among the Company, as the 

10-Q

10.1

May 11, 2020

borrower; certain subsidiaries of the Company, as guarantors; Bank of America, N.A., as 
Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and a letter of credit issuer; Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as 
syndication agent; BMO Harris Bank, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., KeyBank National 
Association, and U.S. Bank National Association, as co-documentation agents.

10.1.4   Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2021, by and among the Company, 
as the borrower; certain subsidiaries of the Company, as guarantors; Bank of America, N.A., as 
administrative agent, Swingline Lender and a letter of credit issuer; Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as 
syndication agent; BMO Harris Bank, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., KeyBank National 
Association, and U.S. Bank National Association, as co-documentation agents.

10-K

10.1.4

February 22, 2021

10.1.5   Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of April 21, 2022, by and among the Company, as the 

8-K

10.1

April 26, 2022

borrower; certain subsidiaries of the Company, as guarantors; the lenders party thereto; Bank of 
America, N.A., as administrative agent, Swingline Lender and a letter of credit issuer

10.2+   Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated as of December 1, 2002 between 

10-K

10.22.2

December 31, 2012

the Company and John Ricchiuto.

10.2.1+   First Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated as of April 11, 

8-K

10.3

March 7, 2005

2005, between the Company and John Ricchiuto.

10.2.2+   Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of December 28, 2008 between the 

Company and John Ricchiuto.

10.2.3+   Third Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of April 2, 2012 between the Company and 

10-Q

10.8

June 30, 2012

John Ricchiuto.

10.2.4   Fourth Amendment to Employment Agreement between SP Plus Corporation and John Ricchiuto, 

8-K

10.2

December 30, 2022

dated as of December 29, 2022.

10.3+   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between SP Plus Corporation and G Marc 

10-Q

10.1

August 1, 2019

Baumann effective as of June 1, 2019.

10.3.1+   CEO Employment Agreement between SP Plus Corporation and G Marc Baumann, dated as of 

December 28, 2022.

10.3.2+   Amended and Restated CEO Employment Agreement between SP Plus Corporation and G Marc 

Baumann, dated as of October 4, 2023.

8-K

8-K

10.4

December 30, 2022

10.1

October 5, 2023

10.4+   Executive Employment Agreement by and between Baggage Airline Guest Services, Inc., and Robert 

10-K

10.5

February 22, 2021

Miles

10.5+   Executive Employment Agreement dated as of September 10, 2012 and made effective as of October 

10-Q

10.9

September 30, 2012

2, 2012 between the Company and Rob Toy.

10.5.1+   First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of November 17, 2014 and made effective as 

10-K

10.7.1

December 31, 2017

of January 1, 2015 between the Company and Rob Toy.

10.5.2+   Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated February 15, 2017 between the Company and 

10-K

10.12.1

December 31, 2016

Rob Toy.

10.5.3+   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between SP Plus Corporation and Rob Toy, dated as 

8-K

10.1

December 30, 2022

of December 29, 2022.

10.6+   Consulting Agreement between SP Plus Corporation and John Ricchiuto, dated as of December 29, 

8-K

10.3

December 30, 2022

2022.

10.7+   Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between SP Plus Corporation and 

8-K/A

10.1

September 27, 2019

Kristopher H. Roy dated as of September 1, 2019

10.8+   SP Plus Corporation Change in Control Severance Plan.

10.8.1+   SP Plus Corporation Executive Severance Plan

8-K

8-K

10.9+   SP Plus Corporation Second Amended and Restated Long-Term Incentive Plan, dated as of February 

10-K

11, 2019.

10.5

10.2

10.8

December 30, 2022

October 5, 2023

February 27, 2019

10.10+   Form of Performance Share Agreement between the Company and Recipient.

10-K

4.1

December 31, 2015

74

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

10.11+   Form of the Company's Restricted Stock Unit Agreement dated as of July 1, 2008.

10.11.1+   First Amendment to Form of the Company's Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.

10.11.2+   Second Amendment to Form of the Company's Restricted Stock Unit Agreement dated May 27, 2011.  

10.11.3   Third Amendment to Form of the Company's Restricted Stock Unit Agreement dated March 2, 2017.

10.12   Office Lease dated as of October 31, 2012 between the Company and Piedmont—Chicago Center 

Owner, LLC.

8-K

8-K

8-K

10-Q

10-K

10.1

10.1

10.1

10.1

July 2, 2008

August 6, 2009

June 2, 2011

May 6, 2019

10.23

December 31, 2013

10.13   Office Lease dated as of October 17, 2013 between the Company and Riverview Business Center I & 

10-K

10.24

December 31, 2013

II, LLC.

10.14   Office Lease First Amendment dated as of June 30, 2016 between the Company and Albany Road - 

10-Q

10.1

November 2, 2023

Riverview, LLC.

10.15   Office Lease Second Amendment dated as of August 31, 2023 between the Company and CCP-

10-Q

10.2

November 2, 2023

Riverview, LLC.

10.16   Form of Property Management Agreement.

10-K

10.30

December 31, 2005

10.17   Guaranty Agreement of APCOA/Standard Parking, Inc. dated as of March 2000 to and for the benefit 

10-K

10.27

December 31, 2008

of the State of Connecticut, Department of Transportation.

10.18   Construction, Financing and Operating Special Facility Lease Agreement dated as of March 2000 

10-K

10.28

December 31, 2008

between the State of Connecticut Department of Transportation and APCOA Bradley Parking 
Company, LLC.

10.19   Trust Indenture dated March 1, 2000 between State of Connecticut and First Union National Bank as 

10-K

10.29

December 31, 2008

Trustee.

10.20   SP Plus Corporation Long-Term Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated, adopted as of March 4, 

2021

S-8

8-K

10.1

10.3

May 14, 2021

October 5, 2023

10.21   Form of Tax Reimbursement Agreement.

21*   Subsidiaries of the Company.

23*   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm dated as of February 27, 2024.

31.1*   Section 302 Certification dated February 27, 2024 for G Marc Baumann, Chairman and Chief 

Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer).

31.2*   Section 302 Certification dated February 27, 2024 for Kristopher H. Roy, Chief Financial Officer 

(Principal Financial Officer and Duly Authorized Officer).

31.3*   Section 302 Certification dated February 27, 2024 for Gary T. Roberts, Senior Vice President, 

Corporate Controller and Assistant Treasurer (Principal Accounting Officer and Duly Authorized 
Officer).

32**   Certification pursuant to 18 USC Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-

Oxley Act of 2002, dated February 27, 2024.

97.1*+   SP Plus Corporation Clawback Policy.

101.INS *  

Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File 
because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.

101.SCH *  

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema With Embedded Linkbase Documents.

101.CAL *  

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.

104   Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within Inline XBRL document).

* Filed herewith.
** Furnished herewith.
+ Management contract or compensation plan, contract or agreement.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.

75

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the 
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date: February 27, 2024

SP PLUS CORPORATION

By:

/s/ KRISTOPHER H. ROY

  Kristopher H. Roy
  Chief Financial Officer
  (Principal Financial Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the 
capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

/s/ G MARC BAUMANN

G Marc Baumann

/s/ ALICE M. PETERSON

Alice M. Peterson

/s/ GREGORY A. REID

Gregory A. Reid

/s/ WYMAN T. ROBERTS

Wyman T. Roberts

/s/ DIANA L. SANDS

Diana L. Sands

  Title

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

  Director

Director

Director

Director

/s/ DOUGLAS R. WAGGONER

Douglas R. Waggoner

  Lead Independent Director

Date

      February 27, 2024

February 27, 2024

February 27, 2024

February 27, 2024

February 27, 2024

February 27, 2024

/s/ KRISTOPHER H. ROY

  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

      February 27, 2024

Kristopher H. Roy

/s/ GARY T. ROBERTS

Gary T. Roberts

Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Assistant Treasurer 
(Principal Accounting Officer and Duly Authorized Officer)

      February 27, 2024

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  is  a  list  of  subsidiaries  of  the  registrant  as  of  December  31,  2023,  omitting  subsidiaries  which,  considered  in  the  aggregate,  would  not  constitute  a  significant 
subsidiary. The registrant directly or indirectly owns 100% of the voting securities of each listed entity except where noted.

SUBSIDIARIES OF SP PLUS CORPORATION

Exhibit 21

CORPORATE ENTITIES

Central Parking Corporation

Standard Parking Corporation IL

SP Plus Corporation Canada

SP Plus Security of Canada, Ltd.

ZWB Holdings, Inc.

Rynn's Luggage Corporation

Baggage Airline Guest Services, Inc.

Central Parking System, Inc.

Central Parking System of Connecticut, Inc.

Central Parking System of Georgia, Inc.

Central Parking System of Maryland, Inc.

Central Parking System of Puerto Rico

Central Parking System of Washington, Inc.

Central Parking System of New York, Inc.

Central Parking System Reality of New York, Inc.

USA Parking System, Inc.

USA Parking Systems of Puerto Rico, Inc.

KCPC Holdings, Inc.

SP Plus Global Holdings, Inc.

K M P Associates, Ltd.

SP Plus Technology Labs

Kinney Systems, Inc.

LLCs and PARTNERSHIPS

APCOA LaSalle Parking Company, LLC

APCOA Bradley Parking Company, LLC

Central Parking System of Mississippi, LLC

Central Parking System of Missouri, LLC

Home Serv Delivery, LLC

Orlando DTTS, LLC

Aeroparker U.S.A., LLC GP

Roker LLC

Maple Leaf Logistics, LLC

 JURISDICTION

Tennessee

  Delaware

  Ontario, Canada

  British Columbia, Canada

Florida

  Pennsylvania

Florida

Tennessee

Tennessee

Tennessee

Tennessee

Tennessee

Tennessee

Tennessee

Tennessee

Tennessee

  Puerto Rico

  Delaware

  Delaware

  United Kingdom

India

  Delaware

Louisiana

  Connecticut

Tennessee

Tennessee

Florida

Florida

  Delaware

  Delaware

Florida

 JURISDICTION

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

(1) Registration Statement (Form S‑3 No. 333‑187680) of SP Plus Corporation,

(2) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-116190), pertaining to the Long-Term Incentive Plan of SP Plus Corporation,

(3) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-150379), pertaining to the Long-Term Incentive Plan of SP Plus Corporation,

(4) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-211135), pertaining to the Long-Term Incentive Plan of SP Plus Corporation,

(5) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-226526), pertaining to the Long-Term Incentive Plan of SP Plus Corporation, and
(6) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-256172), pertaining to the Long-Term Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated, of SP Plus Corporation,

of  our  reports  dated  February  27,  2024,  with  respect  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  SP  Plus  Corporation  and  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting of SP Plus Corporation included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of SP Plus Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2023.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Chicago, Illinois
February 27, 2024

Exhibit 31.1

I, G Marc Baumann, certify that:

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this Form 10-K of SP Plus Corporation;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements 
made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the  financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 
13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.

b.

c.

d.

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that 
material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the 
period in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide 
reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the 
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the 
registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal 
control over financial reporting; and

5.

The  registrant's  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant's 
auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.

b.

All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to 
adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial 
reporting.

Date: February 27, 2024

By:

/s/ G MARC BAUMANN

  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

G Marc Baumann

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2

I, Kristopher H. Roy, certify that:

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this Form 10-K of SP Plus Corporation;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements 
made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the  financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 
13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.

b.

c.

d.

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that 
material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the 
period in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide 
reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the 
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the 
registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal 
control over financial reporting; and

5.

The  registrant's  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant's 
auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.

b.

All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to 
adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial 
reporting.

Date:

 February 27, 2024

By:

/s/ KRISTOPHER H. ROY

Kristopher H. Roy
Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.3

I, Gary T. Roberts, certify that:

1.     I have reviewed this Form 10-K of SP Plus Corporation;

2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements 

made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, 

results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.   The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 
13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.     Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that 
material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the 
period in which this report is being prepared;

b.     Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide 
reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles;

c.    Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the 

disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d.     Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the 
registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal 
control over financial reporting; and

5.        The  registrant's  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant's 

auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.          All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to 

adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b.     Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial 

reporting.

Date: February 27, 2024

By:

/s/ GARY T. ROBERTS

Gary T. Roberts
Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller 
and Assistant Treasurer 
(Principal Accounting Officer and Duly 
Authorized Officer) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Exhibit 32

In connection with the Form 10-K of SP Plus Corporation (the "Company") for the year ended December 31, 2023, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the 
date hereof (the "Report"), each of the undersigned certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1)

2)

the Report fully complies with the requirements of Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: February 27, 2024

Date: February 27, 2024

Date: February 27, 2024

/s/ G MARC BAUMANN
Name:
Title:

  G Marc Baumann
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ KRISTOPHER H. ROY
Name:
Title:

  Kristopher H. Roy
  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ GARY T. ROBERTS
Name:
Title:

  Gary T. Roberts
  Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Assistant Treasurer (Principal 

Accounting Officer and Duly Authorized Officer)

This certification shall not be deemed "filed" for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") or otherwise subject to the 
liability of Section 18 of the Exchange Act. This certification shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or 
the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
SP PLUS CORPORATION

DODD-FRANK CLAWBACK POLICY

Exhibit 97.1

The Board of Directors (the “Board”) of SP Plus Corporation (the “Company”) believes that it is appropriate for the Company to adopt this Dodd-Frank Clawback Policy (the 
“Policy”) to be applied to the Executive Officers of the Company and adopts this Policy to be effective as of the Effective Date.

1. Definitions

For purposes of this Policy, the following definitions shall apply:

a)
b)
c)

d)
e)

f)
g)

h)

i)
j)

k)

l)
m)

n)

o)
p)

“Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
“Company Group” means the Company and each of its Subsidiaries, as applicable.
“Covered Compensation” means any Incentive-Based Compensation granted, vested or paid to a person who served as an Executive Officer at any time during the 
performance  period  for  the  Incentive-Based  Compensation  and  that  was  Received  (i)  on  or  after  October  2,  2023,  i.e.,  the  effective  date  of  the  Nasdaq  listing 
standard, (ii) after the person became an Executive Officer and (iii) at a time that the Company had a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange or a 
national securities association.
“Effective Date” means October 24, 2023.
“Erroneously Awarded Compensation” means the amount of Covered Compensation granted,vested or paid to a person during the fiscal period when the applicable 
Financial Reporting Measure relating to such Covered Compensation was attained that exceeds the amount of Covered Compensation that otherwise would have 
been granted, vested or paid to the person had such amount been determined based on the applicable Restatement, computed without regard to any taxes paid 
(i.e., on a pre-tax basis). For Covered Compensation based on stock price or total shareholder return, where the amount of Erroneously Awarded Compensation is 
not subject to mathematical recalculation directly from the information in a Restatement, the Committee will determine the amount of such Covered Compensation 
that constitutes Erroneously Awarded Compensation, if any, based on a reasonable estimate of the effect of the Restatement on the stock price or total shareholder 
return upon which the Covered Compensation was granted, vested or paid and the Committee shall maintain documentation of such determination and provide such 
documentation to the Nasdaq.
“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
“Executive Officer” means each “officer” of the Company as defined under Rule 16a-1(f) under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, which shall be deemed to include 
any  individuals  identified  by  the  Company  as  executive  officers  pursuant  to  Item  401(b)  of  Regulation  S-K  under  the  Exchange  Act.  Both  current  and  former 
Executive Officers are subject to the Policy in accordance with its terms.
“Financial  Reporting  Measure”  means  (i)  any  measure  that  is  determined  and  presented  in  accordance  with  the  accounting  principles  used  in  preparing  the 
Company’s financial statements, and any measures derived wholly or in part from such measures and may consist of GAAP or non-GAAP financial measures (as 
defined under Regulation G of the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act), (ii) stock price or (iii) total shareholder return. Financial 
Reporting Measures may or may not be filed with the SEC and may be presented outside the Company’s financial statements, such as in Managements’ Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Result of Operations or in the performance graph required under Item 201(e) of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act.
“Home Country” means the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation.
“Incentive-Based Compensation” means any compensation that is granted, earned or vested based wholly or in part upon the attainment of a Financial Reporting 
Measure.
“Lookback Period”  means  the  three  completed  fiscal  years  (plus  any  transition  period  of  less  than  nine  months  that  is  within  or  immediately  following  the  three
completed fiscal years and that results from a change in the Company’s fiscal year) immediately preceding the date on which the Company is required to prepare a 
Restatement  for  a  given  reporting  period,  with  such  date  being  the  earlier  of:  (i)  the  date  the  Board,  a  committee  of  the  Board,  or  the  officer  or  officers  of  the 
Company authorized to take such action if Board action is not required, concludes, or reasonably should have concluded, that the Company is required to prepare a 
Restatement,  or  (ii)  the  date  a  court,  regulator  or  other  legally  authorized  body  directs  the  Company  to  prepare  a  Restatement.  Recovery  of  any  Erroneously 
Awarded Compensation under the Policy is not dependent on if or when the Restatement is actually filed.
“Nasdaq” means the Nasdaq Stock Market.
“Received”:  Incentive-Based  Compensation  is  deemed  “Received”  in  the  Company’s  fiscal  period  during  which  the  Financial  Reporting  Measure  specified  in  or 
otherwise relating to the Incentive-Based Compensation award is attained, even if the grant, vesting or payment of the Incentive-Based Compensation occurs after 
the end of that period.
“Restatement” means a required accounting restatement of any Company financial statement due to the material noncompliance of the Company with any financial 
reporting  requirement  under  the  securities  laws,  including  (i)  to  correct  an  error  in  previously  issued  financial  statements  that  is  material  to  the  previously  issued 
financial statements (commonly referred to as a “Big R” restatement) or (ii) to correct an error in previously issued financial statements that is not material to the 
previously  issued  financial  statements  but  that  would  result  in  a  material  misstatement  if  the  error  were  corrected  in  the  current  period  or  left  uncorrected  in  the 
current period (commonly referred to as a “little r” restatement). Changes to the Company’s financial statements that do not represent error corrections under the
then-current relevant accounting standards will not constitute Restatements. Recovery of any Erroneously Awarded Compensation under the Policy is not dependent 
on fraud or misconduct by any person in connection with the Restatement.
“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Subsidiary” means any domestic or foreign corporation, partnership, association, joint stock company, joint venture, trust or unincorporated organization “affiliated” 
with the Company, that is, directly or indirectly, through one or more 

 
 
 
 
intermediaries, “controlling”, “controlled by” or “under common control with”, the Company. “Control” for this purpose means the possession, direct or indirect, of the 
power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, contract or otherwise.

2. Recoupment of Erroneously Awarded Compensation

In the event of a Restatement, any Erroneously Awarded Compensation Received during the Lookback Period prior to the Restatement (a) that is then-outstanding but has not
yet been paid shall be automatically and immediately forfeited and (b) that has been paid to any person shall be subject to reasonably prompt repayment to the Company Group 
in  accordance  with  Section  3  of  this  Policy.  The  Committee  must  pursue  (and  shall  not  have  the  discretion  to  waive)  the  forfeiture  and/or  repayment  of  such  Erroneously 
Awarded Compensation in accordance with Section 3 of this Policy, except as provided below.

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Committee  (or,  if  the  Committee  is  not  a  committee  of  the  Board  responsible  for  the  Company’s  executive  compensation  decisions  and 
composed  entirely  of  independent  directors,  a  majority  of  the  independent  directors  serving  on  the  Board)  may  determine  not  to  pursue  the  forfeiture  and/or  recovery  of 
Erroneously  Awarded  Compensation  from  any  person  if  the  Committee  determines  that  such  forfeiture  and/or  recovery  would  be  impracticable  due  to  any  of  the  following 
circumstances:  (i)  the  direct  expense  paid  to  a  third  party  (for  example,  reasonable  legal  expenses  and  consulting  fees)  to  assist  in  enforcing  the  Policy  would  exceed  the 
amount to be recovered (following reasonable attempts by the Company Group to recover such Erroneously Awarded Compensation, the documentation of such attempts, and 
the provision of such documentation to the Nasdaq), (ii) pursuing such recovery would violate the Company’s Home Country laws adopted prior to November 28, 2022 (provided 
that  the  Company  obtains  an  opinion  of  Home  Country  counsel  acceptable  to  the  Nasdaq  that  recovery  would  result  in  such  a  violation  and  provides  such  opinion  to  the 
Nasdaq), or (iii) recovery would likely cause any otherwise tax-qualified retirement plan, under which benefits are broadly available to employees of Company Group, to fail to 
meet the requirements of 26 U.S.C. 401(a)(13) or 26 U.S.C. 411(a) and regulations thereunder.

3. Means of Repayment

In the event that the Committee determines that any person shall repay any Erroneously Awarded Compensation, the Committee shall provide written notice to such person by 
email or certified mail to the physical address on file with the Company Group for such person, and the person shall satisfy such repayment in a manner and on such terms as 
required  by  the  Committee,  and  the  Company  Group  shall  be  entitled  to  set  off  the  repayment  amount  against  any  amount  owed  to  the  person  by  the  Company  Group,  to 
require the forfeiture of any award granted by the Company Group to the person, or to take any and all necessary actions to reasonably promptly recoup the repayment amount 
from  the  person,  in  each  case,  to  the  fullest  extent  permitted  under  applicable  law,  including  without  limitation,  Section  409A  of  the  U.S.  Internal  Revenue  Code  and  the 
regulations and guidance thereunder. If the Committee does not specify a repayment timing in the written notice described above, the applicable person shall be required to 
repay the Erroneously Awarded Compensation to the Company Group by wire, cash or cashier’s check no later than thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice.

4. No Indemnification

No person shall be indemnified, insured or reimbursed by the Company Group in respect of any loss of compensation by such person in accordance with this Policy, nor shall 
any person receive any advancement of expenses for disputes related to any loss of compensation by such person in accordance with this Policy, and no person shall be paid 
or reimbursed by the Company Group for any premiums paid by such person for any third-party insurance policy covering potential recovery obligations under this
Policy. For this purpose, “indemnification” includes any modification to current compensation arrangements or other means that would amount to de facto indemnification (for 
example, providing the person a new cash award which would be cancelled to effect the recovery of any Erroneously Awarded Compensation). In no event shall the Company 
Group be required to award any person an additional payment if any Restatement would result in a higher incentive compensation payment.

5. Miscellaneous

This Policy generally will be administered and interpreted by the Committee, provided that the Board may, from time to time, exercise discretion to administer and interpret this 
Policy, in which case, all references herein to “Committee” shall be deemed to refer to the Board. Any determination by the Committee with respect to this Policy shall be final, 
conclusive and binding on all interested parties. Any discretionary determinations of the Committee under this Policy, if any, need not be uniform with respect to all persons, and 
may be made selectively amongst persons, whether or not such persons are similarly situated.

This Policy is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as it may be amended from time to time, 
and any related rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC or the Nasdaq, including any additional or new requirements that become effective after the Effective Date which 
upon effectiveness shall be deemed to automatically amend this Policy to the extent necessary to comply with such additional or new requirements. 

The provisions in this Policy are intended to be applied to the fullest extent of the law. To the extent that any provision of this Policy is found to be unenforceable or invalid under 
any applicable law, such provision will be applied to the maximum extent permitted and shall automatically be deemed amended in a manner consistent with its objectives to the 
extent necessary to conform to applicable law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Policy shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision 
of this Policy. Recoupment of Erroneously Awarded Compensation under this Policy is not dependent upon the Company Group satisfying any conditions in this Policy, including 
any requirements to provide applicable documentation to the Nasdaq.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The rights of the Company Group under this Policy to seek forfeiture or reimbursement are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any rights of recoupment, or remedies or rights other 
than  recoupment,  that  may  be  available  to  the  Company  Group  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  any  law,  government  regulation  or  stock  exchange  listing  requirement  or  any  other 
policy, code of conduct, employee handbook, employment agreement, equity award agreement, or other plan or agreement of the Company Group.

6. Amendment and Termination

To the extent permitted by, and in a manner consistent with applicable law, including SEC and Nasdaq rules, the Committee may terminate, suspend or amend this Policy at any 
time in its discretion.

7. Successors

This Policy shall be binding and enforceable against all persons and their respective beneficiaries, heirs, executors, administrators or other legal representatives with respect to 
any Covered Compensation granted, vested or paid to or administered by such persons or entities.